Info

The Boss Mom Podcast - Business Strategy - Work / Life Balance - -Digital Marketing - Content Strategy

Welcome to the Boss Mom Podcast, where mompreneurs and women in all stages of raising their business and family come to get tools, tips and support to help make their Boss Mom world just a little bit easier. With host Dana Malstaff
RSS Feed
The Boss Mom Podcast - Business Strategy - Work / Life Balance - -Digital Marketing - Content Strategy
2019
July
June
May
April
March
February
January


2018
December
November
October
September
August
July
June
May
April
March
February
January


2017
December
November
October
September
August
July
June
May
April
March
February
January


2016
December
November
October
September
August
July
June
May
April
March
February
January


2015
December
November
October
September
August


All Episodes
Archives
Now displaying: Page 7
Jul 18, 2019

A lot of people want to be entrepreneurs, but aren’t sure what their product is. How can you decide what to center your business around? Once you’ve made the decision, where do you begin the process?

On this episode the CEO of Sweet Smell Company, Rachel Ricker shares how she started her own business and what she learned along the way.

 

3 Things We Learned From This Episode

Find the problems you want to solve (12:05- 13:26)

If you know you want to own a business but aren’t sure what your product is, think about the things that interest you. If there’s a problem you wish someone would solve, seize the opportunity! Work on finding solutions you would want. There are bound to be other consumers out there who would love to try your alternative. 

 

Take advantage of the internet (19:01- 20:44)

Research is crucial for any business endeavor, but it doesn’t need to be a difficult process. Information is constantly at our fingertips, thanks to the internet. Research the product you want, who can manufacture it, and anything else related to it you can think of.

 

Secure a manufacturer (21:21- 22:57)

Once you’ve decided what you want to produce and have researched it extensively, it’s time to choose a manufacturer. Find a company that fulfils all the requirements for your product, and if possible, find one that can go above and beyond the basic manufacturing process.

 

Starting a business is a deeply personal experience, so it’s important to make sure your product is close to your heart. Aim to create the item you would love to buy. Research extensively, and be sure to take advantage of the endless information available online. Creating a business is a long process, but it doesn’t need to be a tedious one.

 

Guest Bio- 

Rachel Ricker is the CEO of Smell Sweet Company, committed to providing truly trustworthy organic body products and helping women on their toxin-free journey. She is passionate about helping others make informed decisions on personal care products and raising awareness of the importance of safe ingredients.

Rachel is also the Director of Global Transformation for a fortune 50 company and manages her busy household with her husband and two children. 

 

To find out more about Sweet Smell Company, head to: smellsweetcompany.com

 

You can also find Sweet Smell Company on social media at: https://instagram.com/smellsweetcompany 

And: https://www.facebook.com//Smell-Sweet-Company-1080155948832915/ 

 

To find out about the Pay it Forward deodorant bundle, visit:

https://smellsweetcompany.com/products/pay-it-forward-deodorant-bundle  

Jul 12, 2019

By nature, entrepreneurs go against the grain of the status quo. How does the public schooling system impact entrepreneurship? What are the benefits of homeschooling to combat this?

On this episode, bestselling author and entrepreneur Jadah Sellner shares her experience as a homeschooling mom and a business owner.

 

3 Things We Learned From This Episode

How to start homeschooling (07:12- 10:07)

There are a lot of reasons why parents are choosing to homeschool. If you’re considering taking this route, make sure you’re having serious conversations about it with your children and your spouse. Research and preparation are vital.

 

How the education system is failing future entrepreneurs (14:12- 15:06)

In school, kids are taught to focus on the things they’re not good at, to excel in all areas. This is incredibly frustrating, as no industry expects people to do well at every job within the business. For entrepreneurs in particular, focusing attention on every area of the job is detrimental to success.

 

Knowing when to step away from your business (27:47- 29:26)

Pay attention to your needs and wants. If you’re not happy in your business, or don’t want to grow it any further, it might be time to step out. You have to be mindful of what you want to do and act intentionally. Entrepreneurship offers freedom. Exercise your ability to step away.

 

As a parent, you want to do what’s best for your child. However, when you’re a business owner as well, sometimes the thought of homeschooling can be overwhelming. It’s a decision that requires research and planning, but the benefits of homeschooling are amazing.

 

Guest Bio- 

Jadah Sellner is the host of the Lead with Love™ podcast, a TEDx speaker, creator of Love Over Metrics™, Business Growth Incubator and the bestselling author and co-founder of Simple Green Smoothies. As a serial entrepreneur, online community growth strategist and business mentor, Jadah consults companies and personal brands to build communities with love, service, and impact.

 

To connect with Jadah via social media, head to:
https://www.instagram.com/jadahsellner/ 

https://www.facebook.com/jadahsellner 

 

To find out about Jadah’s products, head to: 

5 Step Challenge Roadmap: https://jadahsellner.com/byc-roadmap 

Love Over Metrics™ waitlist: loveovermetrics.com  

Jadah's work with me page: https://jadahsellner.com/work/ 



You can also hear her podcast on: leadwithlovepodcast.com

And visit Jadahsellner.com for more information.

Jul 4, 2019

As Boss Moms, guilt is a feeling we’re all used to. How can you stop guilt from holding you back? What should motivate you to keep going? On this episode, in honor of Independence Day, I’m reminding you to shed your guilt and feel proud of what you’ve achieved as a Boss Mom.

Independence is about standing up and doing it anyway. -Dana Malstaff

 

3 Things We Learned From This Episode

  • Guilt is normal and bound to happen. While you’ll never get rid of it completely, you need to put it aside and not let it control your choices.

  • You are capable and brilliant: the world needs your brain and your ideas. Believe in yourself and allow yourself to do great things.

  • Independence is about action and doing, even when it feels scary. Celebrate yourself for being a Boss Mom, despite it being a scary process.

Being a Boss Mom is an exciting journey but it’s normal to have moments where you question yourself. Guilt seeps into everyone’s lives at some point. The trick is to not let it control your decisions. Be proud of what you’ve done just by deciding to be a Boss Mom in the first place. Don’t forget to help others along the way. Success is about the ripple effect of our actions because we just keep going.

Jun 27, 2019

The newsletter is no longer effective, and business owners should start exploring different options. What could you do in place of sending a newsletter? What do you need to keep in mind as you move forward with new types of communication? On this episode, I share why you need to focus on the human aspect of your approach.

You need to understand the human beings in your audience. What do they want? -Dana Malstaff

 

3 Things We Learned From This Episode

  • If you send your audience the same thing at the same time every week, people will switch off. Be careful not to be too consistent.

  • Stop targeting demographics. Think about who your audience is and how your content can exist in their lives.

  • Rationality is unrealistic. As much as we’d like to think business is business, as long as people are involved, it can never be completely rational. 

No matter how foolproof regular communication might seem, there are significant drawbacks. While algorithms reward consistency, if you’re sending out the same communication at the same time each week, you’re not going to convert an audience into loyal customers. You’ll be at risk of becoming background noise detached from your fanbase. The newsletter is dead: it’s time to start looking at real people.

Jun 20, 2019

Social media and online platforms have brought a lot of changes to the business world, but many brands are slow in adjusting. How can we build an online persona that connects with our customers? How has the role of the customer shifted?

On this episode, author, blogger, and podcaster Mark Schaefer explains why human connection is so important, even with the increasing popularity of virtual spaces.

 

3 Things We Learned From This Episode

Respect your customer (07:16- 08:08)

Customers are aware that they have more power now than ever before. The problem is, many businesses don’t act accordingly. To get ahead with the new consumers, it’s vital that businesses respect their customers’ time, resources, and spending habits.

 

Build a brand personality and forge real connections (10:19- 11:27)

No matter how advanced technology becomes, people trust people. It’s important to give your customers a human face they can get to know, like, and trust. Foster loyalty by sharing stories about what you’re going through and by being open.

 

Your customer is your marketer (20:37- 21:56)

Marketing isn’t about the advertisements anymore— it’s about the customer. Businesses are no longer able to buy their way in. We all need to start finding ways to assist our client in their daily lives and build real relationships with them.

 

While the customer has always been important to businesses, their influence on the sales process has changed significantly. Build relationships with your customers that ensure that they know you value them.

 

Guest Bio-

Michael Schaeffer is a keynote speaker, educator, podcaster and business consultant. Known globally for his work, Michael is celebrated for his approach to marketing and is the bestselling author of six marketing books. Michael is adamant that personal touches are vital for effective marketing in the age of social media.

 

To get in contact with Micahel, head to

https://twitter.com/markwschaefer

https://www.facebook.com/mark.schaefer3

https://www.linkedin.com/in/markwschaefer

https://www.youtube.com/user/MWSchaefer

 

You can also email him on mschaefer700@gmail.com

Or call him on (865) 456-1939


Head to his website, https://businessesgrow.com for more information on his business, and look at https://businessesgrow.com/mark-schaefer/ to see information about his books and career.

Jun 13, 2019

Creating a community can be extremely overwhelming, but there are very specific and strategic ways of thinking and planning that can help us break it down into manageable chunks. What can we do to help people feel like they belong? How can we be more inclusive? How do roles and rules help people feel more comfortable?

In this episode, Marie Morris explains how she developed a community in her classroom, and how social media can be a web of support for educators.

 

3 Things We Learned From This Episode

Communities of support on social media (07:40-08:46)

We can use social media to situate ourselves in a space that is collaborative and non-threatening, whether it’s in the business world or in the education world. Instagram and YouTube are spaces where teachers can share and support each other and they can help build our confidence as educators.

 

What we need to put in place to create a community (26:09-28:41)

We can begin to create a community when we think about how our physical space functions and what interactions can happen within it. We also need to go beyond the layout by putting clear expectations in place of what is required of every person in every role in the community.

 

How rules help people feel comfortable (28:40-28:53)

We need to make ground rules when bringing big groups of people together because when there is uncertainty, people get anxious and afraid of doing the wrong thing. Rules help a community of people know what’s expected, which makes them feel more comfortable.

 

As teachers, we can facilitate a holistic shared experience for our students by creating a community. When we create communities for our students, we foster better learning, excitement and retention. Having rules helps them feel comfortable and aware of boundaries. When we build a community, we must think about the physical space as well as the interactions between people. We just need to break it down into specific and manageable steps that work for our context.

 

Guest Bio-

Marie Morris is a teacher in the Poway Unified School District, in San Diego, CA, and has been teaching for 12 years. She has taught all four grades of English (9-12), as well as both the performance and technical side of theatre. Marie has a blog, YouTube channel, and Instagram profile focused on classroom teaching. Being part of an online community has changed her perspective on how she runs her classroom as well as her confidence as a professional educator. Her teaching style is energetic and fast-paced, but she constantly checks for student understanding. She likes to engage students with references they can connect with and give students a sense of belonging to her classroom community. Marie earned her BA in French, a Single Subject English teaching credential, and an MA in Theatre Arts all from San Diego State University. Teaching is in Marie’s blood. She has been unsure of many things over the course of her life, but of two things she has always been certain - she wanted to be a mom and she wanted to be a teacher.

marie@thecaffeinatedclassroom.com

https://www.thecaffeinatedclassroom.com/

https://www.instagram.com/thecaffeinatedclass/

https://www.youtube.com/c/TheCaffeinatedClassroom?sub_confirmation=1

 

Jun 6, 2019

Never underestimate the importance of being in touch with yourself and valuing who you are right now. How can you become more in tune with yourself? Should you be working on yourself constantly- or giving yourself some space?

On this episode, holistic life coach Shannon Kinney-Düh shares the importance of being at peace with yourself.

 

3 Things We Learned From This Episode

Stop listening to the negative voice in your head (06:00- 08:07)

Saying that you’re not good at something has a huge effect on your ability to get it done. You hear what you’re saying, and start believing that negative voice. Become an observer of your mind and be conscious of what you’re saying to yourself.

 

Don’t just ‘do’: you need to ‘be’ (10:53- 12:27)

Ours is a culture of constant ‘doing’. We fill up our time trying to do everything and fail to just be in the moment. The problem with this constant doing is that you ultimately risk depleting yourself.

 

Build a healthy foundation (14.47-15.47)

For a garden to grow, you have to provide a healthy foundation. Once you’ve done that, you also need to give it some space to grow on it’s own. Treat yourself in the same way: create a good foundation but allow yourself the space to see results.

 

Allow yourself space to breathe and to consider who you really are. Often, we find distractions to avoid feeling certain emotions. The reality is, sometimes we’re scared to be truly alone with ourselves. Start accepting the person you are. Awaken to your greatness.

 

Guest Bio-

Shannon Kinney-Düh is an holistic life and spiritual coach. She’s also a yoga instructor and artist who believes that women need to become more in tune with themselves. Shannon is passionate about teaching women how to unleash their greatness, and to stop shying away from the different seasons of life.

 

To find out more about Shannon, head to: www.afreespiritlife.com. Find her eye pillows on the website here: https://www.afreespiritlife.com/eye-pillows/. Use the coupon code Boss Mom for a 15% discount when you buy 3 or more eye pillows.

 

You can also find Shannon on Instagram at @afreespiritlife

And on Facebook at https://www.facebook.com/AFreeSpiritLife/

 

To listen to the song Dana references in this episode, head to: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=53GIADHxVzM

May 31, 2019

Business owners often bash Facebook for having bad intentions, but if you look at it carefully, Facebook actually wants everyone to succeed. How does Facebook’s transparency work in our favor? What targeting tools does Facebook have that makes marketing easier for us? How do Facebook groups help us with engagement? In this episode, I explain why I love Facebook and how authenticity and community are key to building success on Facebook.

Facebook has been so exponentially important and instrumental not just in my business, but in my life. -Dana Malstaff

 

3 Takeaways

  • We may think that the transparency of Facebook works against us as businesses. However, if we run good, authentic, caring businesses, our audience sees it. Facebook rewards this, and it works in our favor.

  • When family and friends engage with our Facebook posts, it limits our ability to be visible to our target audience as similar profiles are targeted for further engagement. We need to engage with the right people in the right way.

  • Facebook groups work better as platforms for engagement. Group members can post and start conversations which also relieves the responsibility of the business as the only contributor.

Facebook has changed the way we communicate with each other by allowing us to identify who we are and what we care about, as well as by finding other people who love and care about those same things. By running an authentic and caring business, and targeting and engaging with the right people, we can create a community on Facebook that helps our business be visible and successful.

May 23, 2019

So many entrepreneurs are overwhelmed by the number of things they want to achieve, and often their health is affected because of it. How can you stop feeling that overwhelm? Why is it so important to know how you’re wired?

On this episode, Dr. Shannon Irvine shares her experience with changing her approach to something that suited her better.

 

3 Things We Learned From This Episode

Learn how you’re wired (03:22- 05:17)

Too many business-owning moms are spoken about as superheroes. This is a very intimidating belief, and also inaccurate. You don’t need to be a superhero to get your business to work. All you need is to know how you’re wired and how to work in a way that is effective for you.

 

Get your kids involved (09:34- 11:54)

A great way to make sure your kids understand what you’re doing is by letting them see you do business. They’ll start seeing how it works, and they might even get excited about entrepreneurship. You’re not necessarily bringing them into your dealings to create mini entrepreneurs— you’re just exposing them to the possibilities out there.

 

Fail in front of your kids (13:00- 15:02)

No one wants to fail, but it’s almost always inevitable. Allow yourself to fail, and see every failure as a learning experience. Treat it as a lesson for your kids, too. Encourage them to try everything they’re interested in, and to keep persevering even when they fail.

 

The way we do things is linked to the way our brains function. A lot of the time, that means we’re on autopilot. Start being more aware of how you think. You may not be able to stop having certain thoughts, but that doesn’t mean you’re powerless. Learn how your brain is wired and allow yourself to fail. Then, teach your children that they can do the same.

 

Guest Bio-

Dr. Shannon Irvine has been a serial entrepreneur all her life. After realizing she was overworking herself, she thought she would have to give up something in her life. However, then she realized that so many people before her had been able to balance all the things that were important to her. Since that moment of clarity, she dove into learning the science of success. Today, she’s a strategist, mentor and neuropsychology PhD. She’s passionate about rewiring entrepreneur’s brains to be the best they can be.

 

To find out more about Shannon, go to: https://drshannonirvine.com/

You can also find her on Instagram: @drshannonirvine

And on Facebook https://www.facebook.com/drshannonirvine/

May 16, 2019

Something that holds a lot of moms back from starting businesses is a fear of not being able to deliver what everyone needs from you. How can you stop yourself from being overwhelmed? When will you know if it’s time to take a break?

On this episode, founder of Mompire, Ashley Meyer, is here to share how you can protect your mental health and deliver a great product.

 

3 Things We Learned From This Episode

Follow your intuition (11:50- 13:41)

Your intuition is a powerful tool, and you should pay attention to any negative feelings you may have. When you ignore your gut feeling, bad things tend to happen. Listen to yourself, and don’t be afraid to let your intuition guide you.

 

You don’t have to do everything (17:39- 18:43)

When you live out of alignment with your goals, dreams and ambitions, you are going to crash. Understand that you don’t have to give everyone what they need, all the time. Give what you can, but don’t allow it to cause you fatigue.

 

Allow yourself to step back if it’s the best decision (19:22- 21:28)

It can be hard to step back from your business- especially if you’ve invested a lot into it. Allow yourself to overcome your guilt at not using a degree, a business or anything else you’ve spent a long time to attain. If you know you want to step back, give yourself that opportunity.

 

A lot of moms feel guilty about starting businesses. However, many also agonize over the decision to step back, when necessary. Remember that despite all the demands you may feel at work and at home, you do need to prioritize your intuition and mental health. Whichever route you decide to take, make sure you’re choosing the path you want to.

 

Guest Bio-

Ashley Meyer is the founder of MOMpire. After training and practising as a lawyer alongside her husband, Ashley made the decision to step back from their practice to create a business for other moms. Ashley is passionate about empowering moms, and believes it’s important for those using her platform to speak directly to their family lives.

 

To find out more about MOMpire, head to:
https://the-mompire.com

You can also reach out to Ashley on Instagram: @themompire and Facebook: MOMpire   

May 9, 2019

There are so many career options available to us, that sometimes choosing what’s best for us can be overwhelming. How can you choose a line of work that will keep you fulfilled and take advantage of your talents? Should you check in with yourself to make sure you continue to feel fulfilled by those choices?

On this episode, Career Clarity Catalyst Tracy Timm shares her advice for choosing what’s right for you, specifically.

 

3 Things We Learned From This Episode

You don’t have to go all-in immediately (11.12- 11:52)

Don’t feel like you have to invest everything in the beginning. Take small steps that allow you to build the company without going broke in the process. It doesn’t all need to be completely black-and-white at the start of the venture.

 

Know your core values (15:48- 18:40)

Before you can be sure of what you want to do with your business, or in your career, decide what your core values are and commit to honoring them. Think about how you’ll prioritize each of these. Do the work to make sure you’re able to take the opportunities that present themselves to you.  

 

Check in on yourself (20:00- 21:40)

Once a year, schedule time to check in with your core values. Make sure they’re still working for you and adapt where necessary. Your values will change depending on what’s happening in your life, so it’s important to have a list that stays relevant to you.

 

From the time we enter the education system, we’re taught to base our decisions on impersonal factors. This stops us from doing what’s best for us, as individuals. Wouldn’t it be great to make the right career choices earlier on, with fewer bruises along the way? Set up your core values and work towards fulfilling them one step at a time.

 

Guest Bio-

Tracy Timm is the founder of Nth Degree Academy and Tracy Tim, LLC. After graduating from Yale unsure of what she wanted to do, Tracy found herself in a Wall Street job, miserable. She then quit to study on-board a cruise ship, with the intention of discovering her passion. After one more unhappy position, Tracy decided to start her own business, helping others find career clarity. Tracy is passionate about helping women find their paths earlier in life, so they don’t need to prolong their fulfillment.

 

To find out more about Tracy, head to: www.tracytimm.com/clarity

And to hear more about what we discussed on this episode, visit: www.tracytimm.com/bossmom

 

You can also find out more about Tracy’s academy at: https://nthdegree.tracytimm.com/

May 2, 2019

When you're an entrepreneur, it can be overwhelming to think about all the things you must do to take your business to the next level. Do you have the right systems in place yet? How do you know where to start?

On this episode, Brittany Dixon is sharing her advice for scaling your business.

 

3 Things We Learned From This Episode

Pay attention to processes (09:49- 11:14)

Every single thing we do has a process— from running a business to making a sandwich. Go into as much detail as you can when considering your processes. Even the most basic step is important.

 

Get everything in one place (14:46- 15:27)

When you're just getting started in your business, try to have everything in one place. Use systems like Trello to put all your work, clients, and progress in one spot. This creates much-needed structure.

 

Hire a business consultant when you're ready to scale (18:53- 19:24)

If you're at the point in your business where you're able to scale, it's time to hire a consultant. This will allow you to step away while your business is taken care of.

 

There are so many moving pieces involved in building a business that it's bound to get confusing at some point. As you grow, make sure you're taking stock of everything you do. To take your business to new heights, you have to pay attention to what got you off the ground in the first place.

 

Guest Bio-

Brittany Dixon is a business consultant. After finding out she was pregnant with twins soon after starting a new job, Brittany decided to start her own company. Today, she is the owner of Brittany and Co. Consulting. Brittany strongly believes that building a great business requires great documenting of processes. She’s also adamant that the reason she has more time with her kids today is because of the consistent processes when she started her business.

 

You can find Brittany on Facebook: https://m.facebook.com/pages/category/Consulting-Agency/brittanyandco.consulting/about/

 

And Instagram: @brittanyandco.consulting

 

To find out more about Brittany, head to: https://brittanyandco-consulting.com

 

You can also try out her free content planner at: bit.ly/bco-contentplanner

Apr 23, 2019

We’ve all heard that scaling is important for businesses to grow, but it’s also beneficial to your family’s wellbeing. How can scaling impact your children? What can you do to make the process easier?

On this episode, CEO of Virtual Hub, Barbara Turley, is here to discuss why you need to build a company you can step away from.

 

3 Things We Learned From This Episode

Build a saleable asset (07:00- 07:49)

Scaling your business turns it into a saleable asset. That doesn’t mean you have to sell it—just that you have the ability to. Creating a saleable asset can also be especially helpful to moms, as you’re creating opportunities for you to step away if and when you need to.

 

Embrace your inner “control freak” (21:40- 22:35)

While we might not like to admit it, most entrepreneurs are control freaks. That’s okay—this is the baby you’ve built! Being a control freak doesn’t mean you have to look over your employee’s shoulders, though. All you have to do is build systems and make sure they’re being followed.

 

Start with your personal vision, then look at the business (27:32- 29:02)

We spend so much time concentrating on our business visions, but we still have lives outside of work. Instead of building your life around your business, start by thinking about what you want personally. By paying attention to the lifestyle you want, you’ll build a business that can fit the vision.

 

Most entrepreneurs want to scale their businesses, and with good reason. But it’s important to check in with your ‘why’. Why do you want to scale your business? You may think building a saleable asset requires a certain degree of objectivity, but saleable or not, your business is your baby. Think about how your business will fit into your life— not the other way around.

 

Guest Bio-

Barbara Turley is the CEO of Virtual Hub, aimed at helping entrepreneurs scale their businesses as easily as possible. Barbara is also a mom to a daughter, and attributes a lot of her success with scaling her own business to her decision to be a hands-on parent. Barbara is passionate about helping entrepreneurs have an easier journey to success.

 

To find out more about Barbara, head to: www.thevirtualhub.com

Apr 18, 2019

Many women business owners feel uncomfortable charging their clients for their services. This is particularly true for entrepreneurs whose businesses aspire to empower the client. How can you stop feeling that way and start making more money? How have other empowerment-based businesses generated profits? On this episode, I explain how Boss Mom makes money, and how your business can, too!

Build your brand. Being known for something helps you make money. -Dana Malstaff

 

3 Takeaways

  • It’s perfectly normal to charge people to access your services. You’re not doing anything wrong by wanting to make a profit.

  • By pursuing your gifts and talents, you’ll get through your work more efficiently and be able to free up time to focus on your passions in your spare time.

  • It’s easier to charge people for your services when they know who you are. Having an established brand and being known for something helps you make money.

Creating online courses is a great way to make money. However, while you’re aiming to offer a service to a wide range of people, never question your right to make money in the process. You can try being more accommodating by offering two products: one higher-priced and the other lower, but don’t overextend yourself by doing this. Keep your number of products streamlined. You own a business, and you should get to see the benefits.

Apr 11, 2019

A lot of us listen to podcasts and attend talks with entrepreneurs, but it can be difficult to picture the daily running of the speaker’s business as they give examples or describe systems. What’s actually happening behind the scenes? How do finished products come to life? What does the process look like?

On this episode, I talk with my director of operations, Amy Lockrin, to give you an inside look into one of our meetings.

 

3 Things We Learned From This Episode

Hire an operations manager (05:08- 06:47)

An operations manager is an important part of your business. They’ll help you maintain your focus to ensure you’re looking at every venture as logically as possible. They’re also the ones who will be able to step in, in the event you leave your business for a month. As the CEO, you have to be able to step away for periods of time. The operations manager allows you to do that and should be able to improve your business in your absence.

 

Not all your ideas will come to life, and that’s okay! (29:31- 30:20)

If you’re a creative person, you probably have a million ideas everyday. Obviously, not all of those can become a reality. That’s why you need an operations manager. They’re the ones who will help you execute certain ideas and determine which ones to skip.

 

Get comfortable with hearing ‘no’ (30:54- 32:00)

Your business needs to be run by a team of brainstormers. That means having discussions and allowing for constructive criticism. If you’re hearing ‘no’ from an operations manager, never take it personally. This is about making the best business decision, not personally attacking you.

 

There’s a lot of work that goes into running a business that, unless you’re part of the operations, you might not know about. There are a lot of conversations that take place before anything happens, and the more skilled voices we have to share in those conversations, the better. Running a business is like raising a child: it takes a village. Don’t shy away from having a team to help you. You have the building blocks, so get someone to help you set them up.

 

Guest Bio-

 

Amy Lockrin is an Operations Integrator for female entrepreneurs that are ready to thrive in their business and leave behind the overwhelm of "to-do's." She is the founder and CEO of Lockrin Services, an integration and implementation agency that strategically partners with visionaries while propelling their businesses forward through action. She loves to make things happen in your business so you can go back to being creative through project management, business management, and strategic business planning sessions.

 

She is also the mother of two of the chattiest children that ever existed, Wyatt and McKinley and wife to her beer-making husband, Jimmy. When she isn't elbows deep in business owners strategic plans she loves to go to the beach, read, and spend as much time outside as possible.

 

Links:

website: www.amylockrin.com

contact: amy@amylockrin.com

fb.com/amylockrinva

instagram: @amylockrin

Apr 2, 2019

There’s a lot of information available on finding clients. However, not as much exists about keeping those clients after their first experience with you. How can you retain people’s business and keep them in your database? What would you need to invest in order to maintain a relationship with them?

On this episode, founder of With Love Studio, Marilyn DeLaHoz shares how she got involved in customer experience, and why it’s important for your business.

 

3 Things We Learned From This Episode

Create loyalty by making your clients feel loved (15:50- 17:25)

Once you’ve done business with someone, it’s time to re-invest in them. By sending a gift- or even a small, handwritten note- you’re making past clients feel special. This goes a long way in building your relationship with them- and in the way they represent your brand to their own sphere of influence.

 

Keep it personal (18:51- 20:40)

We’ve heard so much about automated systems and how they can help in a business. However, when something goes wrong with your operations, try reach out personally. This shows you care enough to be the one to tell them there’s a problem, and does wonders for your client relations.

 

When sending gifts, make sure they’re useful (21:06- 22:36)

If you’re going to give your clients a gift, make sure it’s something that enhances the service you’re providing. For example, if it’s a course, send a notebook or a pen. In doing so, you’re demonstrating that you want to ensure they have the best possible experience with their business.

 

Often, the smallest detail is what sets successful businesses apart from the less successful ones. That’s exactly what your gestures need to be, to ensure great client relations: small. Thoughtful gestures don’t need to be expensive and certainly shouldn’t put any strain on your business. On the contrary, to keep good customer service, you just have to show that you genuinely care.

 

Guest Bio-

Marilyn DeLaHoz is a mom to two daughters, a wife, and the founder of WIth Love Studio. After deciding to leave her corporate job when she became a mom, Marilyn started tapping into her creative side. Initially starting with creating invitations for clients, MArilyn later bought her friend’s t-shirt company. Today, she’s passionate about giving her clients the best possible experience, and prides herself on always putting herself in the customer’s position.

 

To find out more about Marilyn, you can follow her on her Instagram accounts:

@marilyndelahoz and @withlovestudio

 

 

Mar 20, 2019

Pregnancy and becoming a mom is a beautiful time—but it’s not always easy when it comes to clothing and fashion. Many expectant mothers find themselves alienated to a sad rack at the back of stores, with no good options to express their style. How is Storq providing a solution here, and what trends in the market inspired it? How do the founders of Storq make sure they stay true to their core values and make a difference for women?

On this episode, I’m joined by the co-founders of Storq, Courtney Klein and Grace Kapin who share the story of their brand.

 

3 Things We Learned From This Episode

Changing trends and shifts in motherhood (02:44 - 03:13)

The age of first time moms is increasing year after year, and there are more kids being born to mothers over 30. This is a market of women that are in the workplace and have more disposable income, but don’t always get the service and attention they deserve from the fashion world.  

 

How the identity aspect plays into motherhood (09:19 - 10:02)

A lot of women experience a loss of identity when they get pregnant and have children. The world expects them to be fulfilled by motherhood alone, and they can be made to feel like something’s wrong with them if they aren’t.

 

The Storq values and how they serve women (18:20 - 21:47)

Pregnancy fashion isn’t always portrayed in a way that caters to comfort for women. This is what drove Courtney and Grace to build a brand that would become a solution-oriented resource for real women and mothers to get through their day without having to struggle with what to wear or feel invisible because of their clothing.

 

It’s so important for us to build a world that is conducive to mothers so that they can feel celebrated, understood, and valued. The result is a world of moms who can find fulfillment in different places, and happier moms mean happier children, which is great for all of us.

 

Guest Bio-

After hearing countless complaints from friends and family about the lack of chic, simple maternity options on the market, Courtney Klein set out to create a one-stop online resource for chic and practical maternity essentials. As a former partner at design agency Hard Candy Shell, Courtney worked to build digital products for companies like Disney and eBay prior to launching Storq in January of 2014.


Shortly after the launch, her pal Grace Kapin came on board as Creative Director. Having worked in fashion for nearly a decade, Grace immediately understood that pregnant women were overlooked by the fashion industry at large. A few months after diving into this project, Courtney learned she was pregnant with her first child. Four years in, the Storq team now includes three semi-productive, unpaid baby interns ranging in age from 8 months to nearly 4 years old and the company-wide napping policy is correspondingly permissive. Go to https://storq.com/ for more information.

Mar 13, 2019

It’s difficult to maintain a work-family balance when we are trying to get a new business off the ground. How can professional support help us? How does entering business awards help structure our business? How can we inspire our children to be entrepreneurs? In this episode, Stacey Morgan shares how she maintains her home life alongside her professional life, and explains how entering awards changed her perspective on her business.

Some days I’m a really good business owner, some days I’m a really good mom, and some days I’m a mix of both—and that’s ok. -Stacey Morgan

 

3 Things We Learned From This Episode

Don’t rely on support from your family only (04:57- 07:15)

We often feel the need to put on the façade of ‘everything’s going great’ when speaking about our business to our family because we don’t want them to lose confidence in us. We need to have a community of professionals in the same position as us with whom we can speak openly and honestly about the challenges we face.

 

It’s not natural to be a 24-hour mom (7:17-9:30)

We are inclined to think that if we don’t want to spend 24 hours a day with our children we are bad parents. This is not true to even previous eras of parenting. We need to balance the time we spend parenting and working to avoid feeling exhausted and resentful, and so that we can make the most of the time we have with our children.

 

Applying for awards helps you structure your business (13:41-15:35)

As business owners we keep a lot of information in our heads and hardly ever communicate it to others. Entering business awards puts us on the spot in terms of all aspects of our business and it forces us to answer questions we have never considered. We stand to gain a well-rounded perspective of our business, see where we’re doing well and what we need to work on.

 

As mothers and business owners, we need to distinguish between our two roles whilst also recognizing where the positive overlaps are. Our family should not be our only source of support for our business, and we shouldn’t feel like we are neglecting them by not being there 24/7. We need a professional team and support structure so that we can take the time for our families. We must also make time for opportunities that can help our businesses grow, even when their value is not immediately evident. Entering awards is an extremely useful exercise as it makes us take a closer look at how our business is performing.

 

Guest Bio-

Stacey Morgan, Founder and Principal of Port Macquarie Performing Arts (PMPA) and Podcast Host, is a passionate dance educator from Wauchope, NSW. She has received numerous awards at the Greater Port Macquarie Business Awards, namely, Excellence in Technology 2012, Young Entrepreneur of the Year 2014, 2015 and 2016, and Excellence in Innovation 2015. Stacey grew up dancing under the expert instruction of Francessca O’Donnell and gained her Associate Teaching Diploma from the British Ballet Association. She went on to dance professionally overseas and in Australian productions of musicals like Grease, Gypsy and 42nd Street. Stacey has a Bachelor of Creative Industries in Dance and a Bachelor of Education in Drama from the Queensland University of Technology, and she also has her Masters in Arts Education - majoring in Dance Teaching - from Deakin University. Prior to opening PMPA, she was Education Manager for the Royal New Zealand Ballet where she facilitated a nation-wide education program for dance. Stacey is the co-host of Miss Bossy Boots, a podcast inspiring leadership for Women in Business.  

http://pmperformingarts.com/

https://www.linkedin.com/in/staceymorganpmpa/

Mar 6, 2019

Moms have a lot on their plates, and it’s easy to feel overwhelmed. We all know that juggling children with a career can be tiring, but could there be another reason we’re feeling overwhelmed? What can we do to work around it all? Join me on this episode as I talk with the star of reality show Hannah, Help Me! and founder of Mom Mastery University, Hannah Keeley. Hannah shares how she has made a career of teaching moms and tells us how to excel in all areas.

When moms learn to work with the way that their brain is wired, amazing things happen. -Hannah Keeley

 

3 Things We Learned From This Episode

Stay present and be strategic (08:55- 10:51)

 

Zone in on one thing at a time. When you’re with your kids, stay completely in-tune with them. The same goes for business: in the time you allocate to work, focus fully on the tasks at hand. You need to adhere to separate business and family time parameters to make the most of both.

 

Moms work differently (13:50- 16:45)

 

Mom’s brains are wired differently from everyone else. The gift of multitasking sounds great- until your inability to focus on singular tasks starts to affect your work results. You’re not alone in this: it’s something most, if not all, moms experience. The first step you need to take is acknowledging that motherhood changes the way you approach everything- then you can start finding ways to work with it, not against it.

 

Work like a woman (17:32- 19:48)

Women have been conditioned to believe they need to put their womanhood aside to do well in business. That kind of thinking is not only inaccurate, but can even lead to lower levels of productivity. Work with your womanhood in mind, and leverage it.

 

When you become a mom, a lot of things change. Business is no exception. However, being a mom doesn’t mean you have to stop doing business: it just means you need to adapt. Stop pressuring yourself to work less like a mom- or even less like a woman in general. You’re wired differently and there’s nothing wrong with that.

 

Guest Bio-

Hannah Keeley is the founder of Mom Mastery University. With a background in behavioral therapy- and the experience of being a mom to seven kids- Hannah is passionate about teaching mothers how to excel in business and at home. She believes the key to unlocking amazing potential comes from moms realizing that they’re wired differently, and need to work accordingly.

 

You can hear more from Hannah on her podcast: https://player.fm/series/crazy-blessed-with-hannah-keeley

 

You can also find out more about Hannah on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/hannahkeeleyfriends/

Feb 26, 2019

A lot of new entrepreneurs suffer with imposter syndrome- the thought that they don’t ‘deserve’ to be business owners. How can we stop thinking that way? What can we do to push those thoughts aside and start doing the work? On this episode, I discuss how you can change the way you think about you and your business.

Stop thinking you have to be ‘worthy’- just come up with good ideas. -Dana Malstaff

 

3 Things We Learned From This Episode

  • Imposter syndrome is a trap. Stop thinking you’re unworthy of having a seat at the table and just start doing the work.

  • Don’t be discouraged if you’re not an immediate success story- all successful businesses have their fair share of problems.

  • To operate your business, you need to have plans and strategies.

Stop telling yourself you’re not meant to be an entrepreneur. As long as you have a plan in place and great ideas, you’re on the right track. Start doing the work and stop caring what other people think. And remember, immediate success isn’t the only mark of a successful business. Don’t worry if you feel like you’re experiencing problems- if anything, it means you’re joining the club.

Feb 19, 2019

Social media is the most powerful way for us to get in front of more people and reach more people who might want our services or products. How do we create content that actually moves the needle for our businesses in a meaningful way? How much of ourselves and our lives should we be putting out there? How can we leverage social media so that it actually helps grow our business? On this episode, I’m joined by real estate broker and trainer, social media expert and entrepreneur, Marki Lemons-Ryhal, who shares on the social media trends we should be paying attention to right now.

When it comes to social media and technology, there’s something new everyday. Instead of having a degree, we have to become lifelong learners. -Marki Lemons-Ryhal

 

3 Things We Learned From This Episode

Verticalization of Content (14:18 - 16:27)

We want to get into the habit of creating vertical content for Facebook and Instagram Stories. Because the videos or photos disappear so quickly,  in order to get any organic traffic, we have to create and post content consistently. The goal should be to create 2 one minute videos a day: one vertical and one horizontal.  

 

How to turn social media views into leads (21:28 - 22:52)

If you want to grow a following, generate leads, and add people to your list or sell a product, have a call to action in your videos and then have landing pages and lead capture forms.



Why you need to keep your content within the Facebook ecosystem (24:38 - 25:05)

Push people to the Facebook messenger bot so that they stay in the Facebook ecosystem. If you’re doing Facebook posts or ads and Facebook sees a link to an outside opt-in page or video, your ads cost more or they are going to go to less people.  

 

When it comes to content that will actually get a response from people, it’s all about being the authority that solves problems for our audience. Through social media, we have the best listening tool to learn about the pain points and challenges people are having. With that information, you can now come up with solutions to these problems that are cost effective and don’t take up too much time. By solving a problem that makes people engage with us, we can grow a following and ultimately our businesses.

 

Guest Bio-

Marki is a Licensed Managing Broker, REALTOR®, avid volunteer, and Major Donor. She is dedicated to all things real estate. With over 25 years of marketing experience, Marki has taught over 250,000 REALTORS® how to earn up to a 2682% return on their marketing dollars. You can find Marki on Instagram, Twitter, LinkedIn, and Facebook.

 

To join her Facebook group go to https://www.facebook.com/groups/realestatelive/ and check out her podcast here.

Feb 12, 2019

Whether it’s friends, family or partners; when someone we love and trust betrays us, we go through a difficult cycle of emotions. It can feel like our whole life has come apart. What is the cycle of emotions and symptoms of this betrayal? How do we avoid getting stuck in that betrayal for the rest of our lives, and how do we find healing? On this episode, I’m joined by transformational psychologist, health and personal development expert and author, Dr. Debi Silber to discuss overcoming betrayal and how to come out of it stronger and happier.

If betrayal is not unearthed, felt and dealt with, it will follow you everywhere you go. - Dr. Debi Silber

 

3 Things We Learned From This Episode

Why betrayal needs to be dealt with (13:09 - 13:46)

There are so many things that betrayal leaves in its wake, and it affects every area of our lives until it’s healed. It can affect your confidence and ability to try for new opportunities. It may be felt in every relationship in your life, and even affect your health. Contrary to popular belief, it won’t just get healed by time. It actually needs to be dealt with if you want to get past it.  


The spectrum of betrayal (18:36 - 20:34)

There are different ways to feel wronged or betrayed, and they can vary in the pain felt. Whether it’s someone not keeping their word to us, breaking trust, or even us breaking a promise we made to ourselves. Ultimately, the more we trusted and depended on that person, the bigger the betrayal.  

 

How betrayal manifests physically (21:00 - 22:47)

Our bodies tend to tell us a lot about how we’re feeling emotionally and spiritually. Women who experience betrayal for the first time often deal with extreme exhaustion. It’s also common to experience gut issues. The gut is the “second brain” and is so intricately connected to your mind that it gives a lot of information about feelings. Gut health issues are often caused by holding onto something and not letting your feelings out.



The truth about betrayal is that there’s always meaning behind it and a way to grow from it. In order to get to that point, we have to do the work first. If we don’t, we can stay stuck for months, decades or a lifetime. People tend to stay stuck because they are unwilling to give up their story and accept what happened. They numb themselves, or they don’t establish any consequences for the betrayal. The truth is, when you feel it deeply and do the work to find meaning behind it, you will be transformed. You will experience rebirth and discover a new world view. You just have to be willing to go through the challenges to come out on the other side.

 

Guest Bio-

 

Dr. Debi Silber is a holistic psychologist, a health, mindset and personal development expert and the author of the #1 bestselling book: The Unshakable Woman: 4 Steps to Rebuilding Your Body, Mind and Life After a Life Crisis. Through a recent PhD study on how women experience betrayal-what holds them back and what helps them heal, Debi has discovered the 5 stages from betrayal to breakthrough as well as what it takes (physically, mentally and emotionally) to move from one stage to the next. In addition to being on FOX, CBS, The Dr. Oz Show, TEDx and more, she’s an award winning speaker, coach and author dedicated to helping women move past their betrayals and heal…once and for all. Go to https://pbtinstitute.com/ for more information.

 

To find out if you’re Struggling with Post Betrayal Syndrome™ take Debi’s quiz here https://pbtinstitute.com/quiz/.

Feb 7, 2019

Our modern, busy and connected world can be a very lonely place if we don’t have a support group that understands what we deal with as moms, entrepreneurs and women. Why is this such a huge opportunity for social networks of today? Why is it so powerful for women to have a voice and a space to express themselves? How does this help the modern woman navigate the modern workforce with greater ease? On this episode, I’m joined by Michelle Kennedy, founder of Peanut, an app that connects mamas. She talks about her boss mom journey and how being a mom and an entrepreneur birthed her business.

 

For the longest time, social has been broad. Now there’s an opportunity for social to become much more specific to the threads that connect us. -Michelle Kennedy

 

3 Things We Learned From This Episode

Why we can’t share everything with everyone (13:05 - 16:04)

We all need support, advice, and help from other people and very often it’s for talking about things we can’t easily share with people at work or even our partners because they won’t relate. Connecting with and talking to other women who are in that same space gives us the confidence to open up and have a voice.  



Why friendship groups have become more specific to different needs (16:08 - 16:54)

The way we use our friendship groups or support networks nowadays can be thought about in the context of verticals. The people we hang out with don’t have to fulfill every single need we have. We can have friends and relationships for different things, and this actually benefits all the relationships we have. This has created an opportunity for social networks to be more niched down or specific to different things instead of being broad.   

 

Why women need online support groups now more than ever (20:24 - 21:00)

Women are being factored into the workforce and the economy of the workforce in such a different way than before. While we’re being counted, what still hasn’t matured are the support networks around that. We’ve become more dispersed from where our families are, and we move around a lot and we need support groups that take that into account.

 

Whether we want to admit it or not, we all need support, advice and help and this is where our friendship groups come in. We’re at this amazing beautiful moment in time in society where we can say with more honesty and confidence what’s happening with women. We can the share experiences we’re going through and meet and connect with people who can make us feel less alone. It’s so powerful for us to feel like we have a voice, and that there are other people supporting us. It makes the journey of being mother and women even more fulfilling.

 

Guest Bio-

Michelle Kennedy is the CEO and co-founder of Peanut. She started Peanut after struggling to meet other mamas she could relate to while also working. After finding herself trawling outdated blogs for baby advice at 2am while her friends were still hanging out in clubs, she decided to create a product that would empower other modern mamas to support each other.

Michelle started her career as an M&A lawyer at leading international law firm Mishcon de Reya. She later joined dating app, Badoo, where she transformed the internal legal offering within Badoo, and eventually rose to the role of Deputy CEO at the $100m+ revenue generative market leader. She was also integral to the launch of dating app, Bumble.

Having worked in the dating apps industry for five years, Michelle has unprecedented experience and understanding of the safety and growth elements of building a social product. To download the app or connect on social media, go to https://www.peanut-app.io/.

Jan 29, 2019

When starting your journey as an entrepreneur, the thought of hiring a team can be daunting. How can you accommodate staff salaries into your budget? How do you know who to hire? Is there a strategic way to build a team? On this episode, I discuss how you can put together a team in the most effective way.

Just freeing up your time won’t make you successful. Using that time wisely will. -Dana Malstaff

 

3 Things We Learned From This Episode

  • If you're going to hire someone and pay to free up time for yourself, make sure you use that saved time wisely.
  • Pay attention to the things you do every day that can be repeated easily. Then, hire people who can do that for you. 
  • Record the tasks you complete. You can use this as training when you hire a team.

If you've just started your own business, it's normal to want to manage every detail. However, once you establish your routines, you no longer need to be involved in all aspects of your company. You should be a beacon, rather than a worker for your business. Hire strategically, and you'll soon find yourself working much more effectively.

Jan 22, 2019

Copy and content are a huge part of connecting with and selling to our target market. What are the foundational pieces of content we have to develop before we do anything else? What are some of the key steps often missed in writing content and copy? How do we address these gaps by understanding our audiences, both mentally and emotionally? On this episode, Tara Bosler shares on how we can write content that relates, helps, and converts.

 

I’m a huge proponent of clarity over cleverness. -Tara Bosler

 

3 Things We Learned From This Episode

 

Stay tapped into the pains your audience has (15:12 - 16:00)

It’s important to stay plugged into the issues your target market is facing. Even if you started off as your target market, becoming successful takes us further away from that emotional base. This can make it hard for us to write in a way someone facing that problem can relate to. You have to constantly go back to that emotional base to know where they are and what are they experiencing right now. The closer your language is to the language they’re using in their head, the more successful your copywriting will be.



How to create authenticity in our copy (17:21 - 21:07)

Authenticity is about consistency and relatability. It’s all about being clear with yourself, first and foremost. We have to know who we are and show up unapologetically.  You can’t tap into what the audience is thinking and feeling if you’re not tapped into what you’re thinking and feeling. If you don’t tap in, you’ll always comes off as surface level, and you won’t have a brand that people will fall in love with.



Why our content won’t succeed if it doesn’t address limiting beliefs (26:46 - 28:17)

Some of the key steps between someone becoming interested in what we’re talking about, and actually investing in what we sell are the limiting beliefs that stop them from taking further action. We have to understand not only what they want at the end result phase, but also what they believe is possible. If they don’t think something is possible, they won’t invest in it.

 

When it comes to writing copy for our businesses, we tend to get excited about the flashier pieces of content like sales pages and social media copy. However, the very first thing we need to do is be clear about who we are, our message, mission, vision and manifesto. That foundational copy allows us to drill down to the things our target audience thinks and feels, and how we can answer those questions. It all starts with us being authentic. It’s not about creating a brand and trying to become that brand. It’s about being “you”, and then building your brand around that.

 

Guest Bio-

Tara is a copywriter and content creator for creative women entrepreneurs. She is in love with her extroverted daughter, her nervous dog, writing engaging sales copy, and hot, hot coffee.

To get Tara’s Complete Copywriting Playbook go to http://www.tboslerwriting.com/

Jan 17, 2019

Getting brands to pay us for the things we’re already creating is an entrepreneurs dream, but it can seem difficult to make this happen. Why is sponsored content something any creator can find success with, even without a massive following,? Do you have to be on certain platforms to get sponsor dollars? On this episode, Monica Pruett shares on strategies for getting sponsorship, how she’s helped entrepreneurs of different sizes, and why sponsorships give us freedom.

 

If you have goals for your income and you know that sponsored work can help you monetize your influence, now is a really good time to reach out to brands. -Monica Pruett

 

3 Things We Learned From This Episode

 

Why sponsorships don’t require hundreds of thousands of followers (12:32 - 13:01)

It doesn’t matter what size you are— it’s really about the fit and your audience. Your audience has pain points, and you won’t necessarily create everything that will solve every single pain point. Brands and companies who create products that can fill the gaps are great potential partners you can reach out to.

 

Which platform is best for sponsorships (22:42 - 24:58 )

 

You don’t have to be a blogger to be successful with sponsored content. Whether you have a following on Instagram, Pinterest, Facebook, or YouTube, having some kind of following is all that matters. The main challenge with some of the platforms is lacking the same level of metrics and data, so you’ll have to learn where to pull the info to use for your pitches.

 

Why sponsored content is so effective (25:21 - 25:48)

We’ve been conditioned to shut off advertising, but sponsored content is still effective because people will listen to people they already follow and like. Having an audience’s attention is what brands are looking for.  

 

Whether you’re a blogger, Instagrammer, or a YouTuber, you can actually grow your business and your income through sponsored content and brand sponsorships. It doesn’t necessarily matter what platform you’re on. Being an influencer is the important part. As brands are planning their strategy for this year, this is the perfect time to reach out to brands. You could be their next influencer and meet your income goals.

 


Guest Bio-

Monica Pruett is a former advertising account executive turned full-time influencer, instructor, and strategist. She teaches other entrepreneurs who dream of working from home how to create a consistent income from their influence through public speaking, online programs and a range of other agency services. She specializes in helping her clients and students MONETIZE THEIR INFLUENCE through social media, networking, contract collaboration, and sponsored content creation.


Go to http://monicapruett.com/ for more information.

Jan 9, 2019

When you’re running an online business and you don’t address legal matters, it can come back to bite you. Why should we get the legality components straightened out right at the beginning when the business is small? How do contracts protect us from scope creep, disputes, and different expectations with the people we’re working with? What are the documents, agreements, and contracts we need to have?

On this episode, I’m joined by my lawyer and intellectual property attorney to many online entrepreneurs, Autumn Boyd, to talk about the due diligence we must have to protect our businesses.

An ounce of prevention by taking a little time on the front end will save you so much in time, trouble, headaches, and money. -Autumn Boyd  

 

3 Things We Learned From This Episode

 

The very first thing you do when you start your business (05:19 - 07:03)

The first step you should take as you’re getting your business started is a search to make sure no one else is already using the name you’ve decided on. You can do a basic search on Google and through the patent and trademark office— which is free. In the US, we have trademark rights based on first use. If you’re the first, you get all the rights, and if someone else tries to use the same name, you have a right to ask them to stop.

 

Why you’re never too small to take care of your legal matters (16:45 - 18:48)

People on the internet will have a wide range of emotions toward you. Many people will like you, but there are others who might look for the opportunity to report you if you break any rules or regulations. Even if you’re a small business, this can happen to you. This is why it’s so important to have things like your privacy policy and terms & conditions done far in advance.

 

How contracts protect us and our businesses (20:30 - 23:01)

Contracts are important. You’ve got to be clear on responsibilities of each party and how to terminate a relationship if the needs arises. The contract protects you and the person signing it. Even though it isn’t a fun conversation to have, it is a necessary one.

 

Legal documents, contracts, and agreements in our businesses are not the most exciting thing to think about, but they are VERY important. The bigger we grow and the more people we work with, the more at risk we are if we don’t protect ourselves legally. By taking care of this stuff we’ll look more professional, and people will take us more seriously. We can take a lot of the emotion out of the formal stuff so it doesn’t come back to bite us. This is not a place to take a shortcut in our business, so we have to just get it done. If you’re running a business and you really want it go the distance, this is a step you can’t skip.

 

Guest Bio-

Autumn Witt Boyd is an experienced lawyer who helps innovative business owners reach their big goals. Together with her team at The Law Office of Autumn Witt Boyd PLLC, Autumn guides online and e-commerce businesses as they grow. She has special expertise in copyright and trademark issues, and her firm offers full-service legal support to creative businesses. Go to https://awbfirm.com/ for more information.

To grab Autumn’s 10 Step Legal Road Map® Checklist, go to https://awbfirm.com/checklist/.

Check out Autumn’s podcast here https://awbfirm.com/podcast/.

Jan 2, 2019

The start of the new year gives boss moms the opportunity to refocus their business models— but what exactly does that mean? How can we begin to focus on our businesses in a world saturated with courses and advice coming from everyone with a social media following? In the first podcast of 2019, I narrow down three key areas that will help us hone in on the things that make our businesses great.

I want 2019 to be a great year for us, so let’s figure out what you’re going to focus on. -Dana Malstaff

 

3 Things We Learned From This Episode

  • Look at what has worked for you thus far, and identify your gifts. Your gifts don’t need to be your passions, but the abilities that have helped you achieve success in the past.

  • Find your set processes. The repetitive systems you use will ultimately allow you to scale your business and sell more without sacrificing your time.

  • Acknowledge the work you do— and do not— enjoy. This, in turn, will help you identify the areas you should delegate to others and help you work smarter.

As online entrepreneurs, our goal is to create scalable businesses and courses that allow us to achieve sustained success without sacrificing more time. The only way to do this is to hone in on our gifts, establish systems, and delegate where necessary. 2019 is a new year with new opportunities. This doesn’t mean we need to look for entirely new solutions. Instead, we should focus on what’s been effective for us and refine the work we’ve already started.

Dec 27, 2018

As human beings, we all want validation. For entrepreneurs, no validation is as great as knowing there’s a demand for the problem we solve. Why is it so important to be clear on what we want to be known for? How can we drill down to that problem and turn it into something we can sell or share with clients? On this episode, I talk about some strategies you can implement to define your service and package.

You have to fall in love with the problem you solve, not the thing you sell. -Dana Malstaff  

 

3 Things We Learned From This Episode

  • Rushing makes you slower. You’ll spend more time putting out fires from mistakes, you won’t give strategies enough time to grow legs, and you might end up relaunching.
  • If your name isn’t associated with what you should be known for, you’re facing an uphill battle.
  • Think about what you want people to know from you and how you can bottle it into an educational package you can sell.

 

Businesses and brands that stand the test of time and make money in the long run are built on solving one key problem and really honing in on it. It’s important for us to work towards what we want people to know us for. We must also know the key intellectual property we have that solves a problem for our clients. You don’t have to know what it is right this second, but you can start getting clarity by thinking of what you’re constantly teaching, doing, or creating that could be packaged into a course. That will improve your messaging because you can start talking about the problem so you’re not just creating content without a purpose.

Dec 18, 2018

If the goal of an online business is to make money while we sleep, online courses are one of the most powerful ways to do this. What are the clues that tell us we have something we can build a profitable course on? How do courses help us free up more time to be more creative, systematize our expertise, and give value en masse? Why is it so key for us to nurture an audience while we work on the course?

On this episode, Amy Porterfield is back to talk about how to create an online course that can become a stream of income and boost our business.

What will genuinely make you money in a course is taking the results that you have created for yourself or other people and put it together in a system, a roadmap, or a process. That’s what sells. -Amy Porterfield  

 

3 Things We Learned From This Episode

 

How to know we’re ready to create a course (01:52 - 02:34 )

You know you’re ready to make a course when you keep repeating yourself to different people over and over again. You also know you’re ready when you create results for yourself and other people.

 

Can we create a course if our clients have unique problems? (VIDEO 2 - 01:32 - 04:19)

Even when people have unique problems, they they are still in need of our system or roadmap we create to solving a problem. Many of the people enrolled in our courses will hit the finish line, but even those who don’t will still be completely satisfied because of the community around the course. The community is where you get to add that one-on-one advice that’s more personalized and unique.

 

How to market our courses and get people to want them  (VIDEO 2 - 10:28 - 16:00)

The best way to market our online course is to use a vehicle that allows us to give value and earn our right to sell the course. Our course needs to be stellar and our marketing must be good and true. Marketing our course start with social media content that leads into our email list because that’s the audience that will buy from us. We do this by posting content consistently, and pointing people to our really cool freebies while we’re creating our courses at the same time.

 

After running a service business or doing one-on-one coaching, courses are a really cool way for us to transition into another method of making money and growing our business. Success leaves clues. If we’ve been able to get results for ourselves or somebody else, that is the area we should make the course about. What people pay for is the road map, system, or process we offer, and our unique way of solving a problem. To make sure this course can actually succeed, we have to nurture our audience through social media and build the list of people who will want to buy it as soon as we launch. We nurture that community by posting content that lends itself to our core message. If we have one course that creates consistent revenue, we’ll be able to say “no” to the things that drag us down, and “yes” to more of the things that light us up.

 

Guest Bio-

Amy is an entrepreneur, coach, speaker, author and podcaster. She runs a top-ranked business podcast and runs best-selling online courses.She teaches business owners, educators and entrepreneurs the profitable action steps for building a highly engaged email list, creating online training courses, and using online marketing strategies to sell with ease. For more information and to check out Amy’s podcast go to https://www.amyporterfield.com/.

 

Watch Amy’s first Boss Mom Podcast Interview here https://boss-mom.com/episode-320-tweaking-vs-pivoting-overcoming-camera-shyness-being-consistent-w-amy-porterfield/.

Nov 29, 2018

Many of us spend a lot of time in social media, but we don’t actually know what we’re getting from it. As a result, the content we put out ends up achieving very little or nothing. What are two of the biggest mistakes people make with their content calendars? How can our content calendars actually lose us business and money? On this episode, I talk about how to actually make our content calendars help our marketing efforts— not hinder them.

It’s better to post less, guide people the right way, and position yourself the right way than to just put out a lot of stuff for the sake of consistency of content. -Dana Malstaff

 

3 Things We Learned From This Episode

  • Just putting a lot of content out there can confuse the market. They end up not knowing what to come to us for. Our content has to position us to show our expertise and point of view.
  • If you’re sending your audience to other people’s blog posts and that person has a great opt-in, you’re only helping them make money (unless you’re part of their affiliate program).
  • If parts of our sales pages became part of our content calendars, we would be sharing what we do and how we solve problems.  

 

Our content calendars must not be taken lightly. It’s not just about putting out as much content as possible. It’s about having a structure and a strategy to reveal our point of view and establish ourselves as a worthy solution to the problems we’re trying to solve. A content calendar that’s too general won’t get you half as far as a content calendar that is really specific and strategic about where we want to drive people. 

Nov 27, 2018

Sometimes life forces us to make scary choices and bold moves to get what we want. Going through this can be challenging and emotional. How does entrepreneurship make us more equipped to deal with challenges and differences with other people? What are some of the lessons that have come from going through a divorce, co-parenting, and remaining a family even after a split?

On this episode, founder of the Divorced Mommy Podcast, Julie Ciardi, shares her story and how she got through the rough times.  

You have to be strong and focused on the kids without sacrificing who you are or your happiness. -Julie Ciardi

 

3 Things We Learned From This Episode

 

Why it’s so hard to walk away from something that isn’t bad (07:13 - 08:01)

Sometimes something is too comfortable for us to get out of. Whether it’s a job, a relationship, or a business, it’s harder to walk away from something that isn’t terrible than to get out of something that’s really bad. Sometimes we have to be forced into an uncomfortable place so we can make a decision.

 

The power of still wanting the best for our exes (24:22 - 25:52)

Many people are concerned about what happens when our former spouses inevitably move on with other people. When we care about our former spouse and trust that they will make good decisions, this isn’t something that should worry us. Through splitting up, we both get to learn what we really want. Our exes will find people that will make them happy, and that’s what we want for them.

 

How to be more compassionate (34:43 - 36:10)

There’s never perfect in anything— whether it’s relationships, motherhood or business. In any relationship, you will bump heads. The big thing is, we have to want to fix it and care about the happiness of the other person in the outcome as much as ours. We bump heads in relationships because we see the world differently, and we just have to be compassionate.



Whether we’re walking away from a job we’ve known for years, a relationship, or a business that isn’t making us happy, we’re sometimes going to be forced to make a scary change in our our lives. We have to know that it takes work to overcome that, but things can be so amazing on the other side. As entrepreneurs, we already have a leg up. There’s so much mindset work and personal development that comes with the entrepreneurial journey that we’re more equipped to handle these moments. The more we do work on ourselves, the more compassion and responsibility we have in talking to other people. What we learn as entrepreneurs can be applied everywhere else in our lives and enrich all our relationships.

 

Guest Bio-

Julie is the founder of the Divorced Mommy podcast and blog. She is a mom of 3, divorced & remarried. She has a very modern blended family that she has worked very hard for. She took the leap from corporate, leaving a high paying multi-six figure executive salary to be an entrepreneur with 2 businesses. She launched a brick & mortar women's boutique styling moms for their daily hustle called Haven Boutique

She launched her podcast to help divorced moms with their mindset & long term vision to create the life they want & their children need.

 

Find the podcast on iTunes and Stitcher. Go to https://divorcedmommy.blog/, and follow her on Instagram @divorcedmommy.

 

To read a blog post by Julie’s daughter about what parents should know about co-parenting, sign up for Julie’s mailing list.

Nov 22, 2018

When dealing with prospects, it can be tough to figure out when our advice should be paid for, and how much we should give away so people fall in love with us and want more from us. How we find the right balance between coaching and selling so we’re giving value but not giving away what we should be paid for? When is coaching the best way to sell or when should you just plain sell our program? On this episode, I talk about how to coach someone when they are still a prospect.

When you’re with a prospect, you have to be a walking sales letter. -Dana Malstaff

 

3 Things We Learned From This Episode

  • 6 elements of sales pages: frustration, transformation, will they gain the most from what you have to offer, how do you fit into solving their frustration, what are the benefits and features of what they are getting and what is your social proof.
  • If someone says, “I have a lot to think about, this has been a great call,” you have given too much away.
  • A coach guides people to come to their own conclusions. A consultant tells you what to do and gives you a recommended course of action.  

 

In everything we do, we are the sales rep of our businesses. This is especially true when we’re talking to prospects, how we interact with them depends on our goals, the problems we’re solving and frustrations and challenges our prospect is facing. What we need to learn to balance is giving value to bring people into our world and giving just enough of that away that people still want to buy from us. We have to fill in their gaps to show our value and then when they see our value, we can ask them to invest in us.

Nov 20, 2018

Communicating with animals is something we think only very few people can do, but we all have the ability. How do we tap into that gift and come into collaboration and partnership with our pets? How do we create a better family communication structure with our animals and help our children communicate with them? What are the techniques we can use to communicate better with animals and people?

On this episode, I talk to The Real Dr. Doolittle, Val Heart about better communication and solving behavior problems collaboratively.  

Animals are really like our angels, teachers, guides and healers. -Val Heart

 

3 Things We Learned From This Episode

 

Why animals are so important in our lives (03:24 - 03:55)

Animals serve a very important purpose in our lives. They are our angels, teachers, guides and healers. When we learn to recognize, respect and revere them for who they truly are, they help us become the best versions of ourselves.

 

Why we shouldn’t treat animals like they need to be fixed (15:38 - 15:48)

When we come at something with the idea of trying to fix someone it sets us as an authority when we’re actually supposed to be in partnership and on one even playing field.

 

How not to treat our animals like property we own (16:26 - 18:04)

It’s easy to treat our animals like something we just own, but this is the wrong way to go about it. When we treat animals, or even other people like we own them or like they are a problem to be fixed, it immediately creates resistance and pushback. We’re not owners, we’re caretakers and guardians.  

 

We all have the ability to talk with animals, and if we know how to tap into it, it would help even how we communicate with other people. When we communicate with animals, we have to approach animals from a neutral, witness, observer space. How we do this is to start by hearing the animal without judgement, evaluating the issue, taking action to change what’s not working, relief and clearing resistance and teamwork and trust. If we want to communicate with our animals we have to see it, feel it and say it. This is a gift we’ve all been given and can start using now.

 

Guest Bio-
Val Heart, aka The Real Dr. Doolittle is the world's leading animal whisperer. She is the CEO of Heart Communication Enterprises Inc, Founder of The HEART System™ for solving problems with pets. She is the bestselling author and a featured expert on ABC, NBC and Fox News, as well as in People Magazine, My S.A., and Great Day S.A. She solves problem with pets & teaches cat, dog, horse & animal communication. Val fell in love with horses when she was five years old and began her long term relationship getting to know and understand horses. Her work with horses led to intensive study in developing her gifts with animal communication and other supporting healing techniques. Go to https://www.valheart.com for more information.

Nov 15, 2018

When we’re trying to grow our businesses, it can feel like we need to invest in and buy #allthethings to get to that next level. Whether it’s coaching or a course, it can be hard to commit to just one thing. How can we make sure we’re investing only in what we need? What steps can we take to create decision confidence? On this episode, I talk about the 5 questions we need to ask ourselves in order to get clarity on what we should be investing money, time and effort in.

If you ask these 5 questions, you’re going to have a more confident and easy time knowing what to invest in for your business so that you are investing in the right things. -Dana Malstaff

 

3 Things We Learned From This Episode

  • Sometimes it’s the discomfort of putting money down on something that gets you to commit to the success of an investment.
  • Invest in something only when it makes sense for your business.
  • Think about your current resources and whether you are utilizing them to their fullest. That last thing you want to do is resource hop.
  • Ask yourself: What emotional, financial and environmental factors would ensure the success of the commitment? On the other hand, what emotional, financial and environmental factors would stop it from succeeding?

 

In order to invest in something that will actually help our business, we have to have a clear goal of what we want that thing to achieve. We need to know where we’re most challenged in reaching that goal, and whether we’re really maximizing on current resources. We also need to know the things that will fuel the success of this investment and the potential roadblocks we can plan to overcome. Remember, we also have to ask ourselves if we’re willing to get uncomfortable in the commitment so that it actually works.

Nov 13, 2018

As moms and entrepreneurs, one thing we’re often guilty of is putting ourselves at the bottom of our long to-do lists. How does this negatively impact our kids and businesses? Why should we treat self-care as an urgent essential in our lives? Why are systems the only way we can grow a business that won’t burn us out?

On this episode, business growth coach and author, Kelly Roach, shares the mindset shifts that changed her life and how to add systems and leverage into our businesses to give ourselves more freedom.
.

Our kids don’t listen to us—they model after us. And the best way to be a great mom is by being a happy person. -Kelly Roach

 

3 Things We Learned From This Episode

Life isn’t perfect, but we can find beauty in it (04:23 - 04:53)
The human experience is filled with crisis, turmoil, and juggling acts all mixed with the good stuff. You can find reason to be sad or wish your life was perfect, but you also have the opportunity to find the beauty in life and dig deep to make the best of it.

 

Put self-care in the “essential” category, not a luxury we can do without (08:28 - 09:15)
Most of us categorize working out as a luxury, but we have to make the mindset shift that it is an essential. Kelly works out during the business day, and she considers training a business priority. Exercise is essential to our happiness, our health, and how we show up as parents and business owners.

 

Take care of the most precious asset in your business (12:27 - 13:14)
It’s no coincidence that the most successful online entrepreneurs are very healthy people. Because we are our personal brands, we are our most expensive assets. Anytime you’re too tired or stressed to be productive, you are losing money in your business.

 

One of the biggest mistakes we make in life and business is not prioritizing our own self-care or having so much work on our plates that it leads to misery. There is nothing wrong with us asking for and getting help, and setting boundaries so we’re healthier and happier. The best thing our kids can see is us at our very best. If we’re miserable and frustrated, they will model themselves after that. If we want to instill the right habits into our kids, we have to prioritize our own self-care and build businesses that don’t burn us out.

 

Guest Bio

Kelly Roach is a highly sought after business growth strategist on a mission to help 1,000,000 entrepreneurs launch and scale their dream business… without compromising their quality of life or going broke in the process. From NFL Cheerleader to Fortune 500 exec and now million dollar mogul, Kelly is the author of the #1 international bestselling book and the new book, Bigger Than You. Kelly has been featured in Inc, Forbes, Bloomberg Businessweek, and ABC Good Day.

Go to https://kellyroachcoaching.com/ to get a copy of the book or for more information and check out her podcast, Unstoppable Success Radio here https://kellyroachcoaching.com/podcasts/.

Nov 8, 2018

Staying focused is hard, especially when we start a business and have kids running around. Is focus something that can be maintained consistently? Why are we more focused on certain parts of the day or certain days of the week, and how can we leverage this? What actions can we take in our business to generate more income using the power of focus? In this episode, I talk about how to stop getting pulled in so many directions and focus on what’s important for you and your business!

 

There is a cycle to our ability to stay focused. -Dana Malstaff

 

3 Things We Learned From This Episode

  • Focus is cyclical. As a consequence, we shouldn’t blame ourselves for not being able to work at 100% all the time, because nobody can give their best nonstop. After a while, our focus and attention wear off.

  • Because focus comes and goes, we should find out the pattern. What parts of the day are we more likely to stay focused? What days of the week are we more productive?

  • Once we find out the answers to these questions, we can reschedule the work that needs the most focus on the days we do tend to be more focused. This tactic not only helps us get better at what we already do, but it also forces us to push unimportant tasks to the side.

 

Our business requires focus, but we can’t stay focused if we’re trying to do too many things at once. There are many things that could help our business grow, but we have to limit our options if we want to perfect what we’re currently doing.

When we’re laser-focused on one thing, that endpoint can generate more income than spreading our focus out across several areas.

Nov 6, 2018


As entrepreneurs, we often feel like something is holding us back from getting to the next level. In a lot of the cases, it’s our own minds and negative stories we tell ourselves about taking a certain action. How does the way we mentally and emotionally process a challenge or opportunity impact whether we execute on it or not? What can we do to start telling and believing a story that’s more beneficial to us? On this episode, I talk to mindset mastery coach and consultant, Tracy Bech about how we create reality with our thoughts, and how to overcome the mental stumbling blocks in our businesses.

At some point you have to engage a certain mindset in order to deal with and process the opportunities and challenges you’re presented with. -Tracy Bech

 

3 Things We Learned From This Episode

 

  1. The real reason we struggle to take action (17:16 - 19:01)

    When we find ourselves not taking action on something, it’s the thoughts we’ve attached to the task that prohibit us from doing it. There’s something underneath we haven’t voiced outwardly, our your subconscious is protecting us from whatever it is we don’t want to experience. When we attach a negative story to taking that action, that’s going to hold us back.

  2. Why we shouldn’t leave a decision open-ended (22:39 - 23:15)

    We need to put a finite amount of time on how much we’re going to research and figure out before we make a decision. The more unmade decisions we have, the more stressed out and indecisive we’re going to feel. Indecision stacks up which makes it chaotic and makes us feel like we have no control.

  3. The science behind how our subconscious tells us things that aren’t true (25:40 - 28:04)

    Human beings can only process so much data and information, and on a daily basis, we’re inundated with so much of it. Our brains will start to generalize, distort and delete as much data as possible, and the stories we tell ourselves are a huge part of that. Once we believe the world is an overwhelming place, our minds will generalize and distort everything that happens to get to that conclusion, and they will delete anything that doesn’t support that.

The challenges we face as business owners are often unique to entrepreneurship,  we have to push through a lot of obstacles, and we have to do it with a brave face. When doing a certain task feels unbearable it tells us that there’s something we’re not expressing that’s keeping us from doing it. In our subconscious we’ve planted a story about the task causing us to self-sabotage. In order to overcome, we have to remove the blinders we move through life with, and opt for a lens that’s more optimistic and supporting of the goal we have for our businesses and lives. If we clean that up subconsciously, nothing will stop us.

 

Guest Bio-

Tracy is a mindset mastery coach, consultant and the founder of Good Path Consulting.

For more information, go to goodpathconsulting.com and follow @goodpathconsulting on Instagram.

Nov 1, 2018

Appearing on podcasts is a great way to establish ourselves as experts and land more clients by reaching people who are in need of our help. But what kind of podcasts should we pitch? How can we find our niche? What should a pitch look like? And should we spend time sending pitches ourselves? In this episode, Matt Johnson talks about how to find the right podcasts and write a pitch that gets noticed.

 

Everyone is pitchable for the right show. -Matt Johnson

 

3 Things We Learned From This Episode

  • Sometimes, being invited as a guest on a big podcast isn’t as beneficial to our business as we would like. Because the audience is so wide, they all have different problems to solve.

  • When we focus on podcasts that are very niche, and everyone in the audience has a problem that we can solve, that’s where we get the traction we need.

  • The best way make sure we actually get featured on a podcast is to find the right show. Finding the right niche makes it easier for us to come up with a story and have useful experiences to share on the podcast.

The process of discovering new podcasts and pitching takes quite a bit of time. This is why it’s so important for us to have someone do the pitching for us so we can spend our time on higher value activities. Another shortcut to successful pitching is using pitching templates that are proven to work.

 

Guest Bio

Matt Johnson is a marketer, entrepreneur, musician, and podcast host/expert. As founder of Pursuing Results, a podcast PR & production agency based in San Diego, Matt runs a worldwide virtual team helping business coaches and agencies break in and dominate new markets through podcasting.

Matt currently hosts and co-hosts niche business shows such as The YouX Podcast and Real Estate Uncensored. He also speaks to experts and entrepreneurs on how to turn a rockstar business into a YouX Machine. As a featured podcast guest he speaks to audiences around the US, Canada, and Australia.

Oct 30, 2018

Scaling our business doesn’t mean we have to work more or try harder. Why do only certain types of businesses fit the scalable model? How we can take our current business and make it scalable? Why do the owners of bigger businesses step out of production, and what’s their new role? In this episode, business owner, and Self-Made Magazine Top Entrepreneur, Allison Maslan talks about how to get to the next level.

Business owners are change makers. -Allison Maslan

 

3 Things We Learned From This Episode

  1. We can’t scale unless we put together a team (12:00-13:10)

Once we reach a higher level and we want to scale, we can’t do everything by ourselves. If we do, we’ll only end up burned out. We have to replicate what we do with a team. To do so, we need the right systems and processes, as well as competent people who are able to implement them.

 

  1. Why people leave our team (16:00- 18:00)

The best way to keep turnover rates low and get the best from our team is to share our vision with them. If we can get our team excited about the work they’re doing, they’ll tell others about us and become more loyal and willing to walk the extra mile for us.

 

  1. We need to say no to projects that aren’t aligned with our vision (20:00-23:20)

Learn to say no to clients or activities that aren’t priorities. It doesn’t mean that we have to sacrifice things we want to do for our business, but it does mean we can’t do it all right now. Adopting this attitude not only frees up our plate but it also helps us gain the respect of our clients.

 

We can’t scale a business if our income is based solely on how much we get paid per hour for our services. We can transform our business from the 1 to 1 model to 1 to many. Instead of us serving one client at a time, we can hire other people who offer the same services and duplicate our efforts. With this model, we can step out of production and shift our focus to managing our team and working on our business instead of serving the client directly.

 

Guest Bio-

Allison Maslan is the CEO of Allison Maslan International and was recently named “One of the Top Women Entrepreneurs Who Inspire” by Self Made Magazine. Alisson built 10 successful businesses from scratch on her own and now makes it her mission to help others build their way to the top as well.

Her experience and mentorship often put her in the spotlight, as she was featured on ABC, CBS, NBC, and Fox.

You can find out more about Allison here.

Oct 25, 2018

During the holidays, it’s very easy for us to fall behind or work too much, but all of this can be prevented with a bit of planning. How do your industry and offerings determine how much time you should put into holiday promotions? What is the holiday revenue that you want? Why is it important to find out what our ideal clients do during this time of the year? In this episode, I talk about how to make the best out of the holidays by planning in advance.

 

In business owning, not all months and days are alike and not all industries are alike. -Dana Malstaff

 

3 Things We Learned From This Episode

 

  • Before we start planning for the holidays, we have to ask ourselves how important this time of the year is for us and our family. The more time we plan to spend with our family, the quicker we need to plan everything ahead.

  • Many of our buying decisions are cyclical, so we have to make sure we prepare our strategy before the holidays kick in. For example, if you have a fitness business, it’s wise to launch a program that focuses on preventing weight gain before the holidays kick into gear.

  • The holidays don’t always have to be about promotions. If our focus is consulting, for example, then list building and prospecting on social media might work best for our business model.

We have to think about our ideal client and ask ourselves what sort of buyer behaviors they have during the holidays. Are they more likely to buy our products during this time of the year? The answers to these questions will determine how much time we need to invest in our holiday promotions ahead of time.

 

Oct 23, 2018

For many women, it feels like there are obstacles that stop them from getting to that next level and they desperately need someone to help them shed light on the path. Why isn’t it the best strategy to make friends and family the people to hold us accountable? How can we start spending time in the activities that get us closer to our goals? On this episode, Optio founder, Charlena Smith shares overcoming her biggest challenge, and how that helped her find her passion and legacy.

 

If you put your mind to it and you create the right goals, have the right partner and the right attitude, you can break through a lot of glass ceilings. -Charlena Smith

 

3 Things We Learned From This Episode

 

One factor that leads to burnout (07:19 - 09:09 )

Charlena went through two difficult pregnancies, one of which turned into an illness that completely derailed her life. Even when she was going through it, she still struggled to tell her loved ones she needed help, and overwhelmed herself with tasks. This is something many moms struggle with, because we feel like we should be good at multitasking and working well under pressure but this can easily burn us out.  

 

The nurturing mistake we make (09:18 - 10:06)

As women, we are naturally nurturers and we’re wired to feel valued when we’re nurturing, whether it’s necessary or not. We always seek out ways to try and nurture, and very often we forget that it’s about the end result. So if our children need to be fed, we don’t necessarily have to do the cooking, we just have to make the food available.

 

How to find the right accountability partner (21:31 - 22:57)

One huge thing that holds us back from achieving our goals is having the wrong priorities. An accountability partner isn’t just about reminding us what we need to get done, it’s keeping us responsible to spending time in the right places. For this to be truly effective we need an outsider who can help us see those things and call us out on it when we’re not.

 

Guest Bio-

Charlena is the founder of Optio an organization that empowers women to live their best, most inspired lives through Matched and Guided Accountability. Go to https://www.myoptio.org/ for more information.

Get $50 off your first month of Optio with the promo code BOSS MOM.

Oct 18, 2018

Opt-ins have become very popular because they are a way for entrepreneurs to grow their email list and for consumers to get access to bits of free content. What are the two key things we should know before we do an opt-in? Where should our opt-in journey start? On this episode, I share a step-by-step roadmap for developing really good opt-ins, and outline some ideas to get you started.  

 

When it’s in writing, people don’t read it in your tone. They read it in their tone, and their tone has baggage. -Dana Malstaff

 

Things We Learned From This Episode

 

  • Opt-ins aren’t just random pieces of content— they represent relationships and opportunities.
  • Start with the thing you’re actually selling. What is the final commit?
  • Ask yourself what people need to believe in order to make a decision and buy your product.
  • The best opt-in is something people can infuse into their daily habits and carry with them everyday.  

 

Getting someone’s email is like a first date: we have to make a great impression and present ourselves well. Our opt-ins are something we should be taking seriously. At the same time, we shouldn’t take too long to put them out. You’d rather see the response and make changes, or leverage what’s working, than to wait to make the right opt-in. We have to put the opt-in within a bigger context, which is the product we want them to buy from us. It’s also critical that we’re clear on what they need to believe, and find a way for our opt-in to become infused in their daily lives and give them a quick win.

Oct 16, 2018

For many moms who are frustrated with 9-5 jobs, freelancing is a great way to make money and make time for their families. What’s driving this demand for freelance workers? How can we find the right jobs in freelancing? How can we leverage what we’re good at? On this episode, Micala Quinn shares how she turned her freelancing experience into a successful coaching business, and how moms can get into freelancing.

 

A lot of smart people will outsource some of the tasks they either don’t know how to do or want to do to a team of freelancers. -Micala Quinn

 

3 Things We Learned From This Episode

 

Why freelancing has exploded (16:11 - 16:41)

A lot of people who run businesses don’t want or need full-time employees and they have a demand for part-time workers who can work on a specific project. This is what has led to rise of freelance and project-based consulting.

 

How to find the right freelance opportunity for you (16:46 -  18:55)

Freelance work presents so many different opportunities that suit different skill sets and people. Working as a virtual assistant is a good start and so is social media management. Recently Pinterest strategy and management have really exploded and presented opportunities for freelancers.

 

Where to start when you don’t know the right freelance job for you (20:11 - 20:36)

When we’re not clear on what we’re good at and what kind of freelancing work we can do, just start as a VA. There are no set skills or requirements and we get to learn more about what we’re good at through that work. Not every business owner wants an expert, they might only have a budget for a beginner, so that can work perfectly.

 

Guest Bio-

Micala Quinn is a wife, mom, teacher, and founder of Live Free, Mama where she helps working moms leverage their current skills and talents into a profitable freelance career. When she’s not working she can be found going on a walk to the park with her daughter, making a home cooked meal, or watching Friends for the millionth time. If you’re thinking of starting your own freelance business, be sure to take Micala’s course. Go to https://micalaquinn.com/ for more information.  

 

 

Oct 9, 2018

We’re all told we should save more and spend less. However, while budgeting helps, does it build wealth? Why should we take a look at our assets and liabilities instead? And what should we do to pour our money in investments that generate income instead of just paying off loans? In this episode, Natali Morris talks about how to build wealth by adding more performing assets to our lives.

 

For most people, their only performing asset is their body. -Natali Morris

 

3 Things We Learned From This Episode

 

  1. Budgeting doesn’t build wealth  (21:00-22:20)

Saving money keeps us afloat, but it doesn’t bring financial freedom. Instead of budgeting all the time and trying to save each penny, we should look into what we can do to grow our income.

 

  1. Avoid throwing your income at liabilities  (22:30-25:00)

Most of our income goes towards our liabilities to pay for assets that don’t generate any income. Instead of throwing money at assets that don’t generate money, we need to look into ways to increase the number of assets we have. Most of us have one asset: our labor.

 

  1. Identify your limiting beliefs  (26:30-28:00)

Every journey should begin with identifying limiting beliefs about how much income we can generate. Otherwise, we’ll end up repeating the same financial patterns. We also have to come up with a freedom number. How much money do we have to make in order to leave our day job?

 

Guest Bio-

Natalie Morris is a broadcaster, writer, the anchor of Code Forward on MSNBC, and a contributor for CNBC.

Her specialties are business, technology, and personal finance, and her mission is to share with others how they can generate income, invest, and build wealth.

Her writing was published in Consumer Reports, WIRED, Variety Magazine, MarketWatch, TechCrunch, The San Francisco Examiner, PC Magazine, ELLEgirl, and many others

You can find her book How To Pay Off Your Mortgage In 5 Years here.

Oct 4, 2018

If an offer is always available, there’s no rush for our potential clients to buy, and they might forget about us altogether. How can we implement the notion of scarcity of time? Why is a countdown timer a must? What are the other two types of scarcity, and how can we combine them?

In this episode, I talk about why scarcity helps us sell more and how to implement it.

 

Scarcity brings you back on the priority list, back in focus, and makes people make decisions. -Dana Malstaff

 

3 Things We Learned From This Episode

  • Taking advantage of the scarcity of time involves discounting offers or bonuses for a limited period.
  • The number one scarcity tactic is when we only make an offer to the first few people who buy our products and services.
  • The scarcity of price strategy is usually paired with the scarcity of time. This tactic involves a discounted offer but only for a limited period of time or under certain conditions.

We often ignore how important it is for people to see how much time they have left until an offer is no longer available. A countdown timer is a vital part of the offer because it increases people’s sense of urgency. If we use a timer, our audience can see when the offer expires, which makes it easier for them to prioritize.

Oct 2, 2018

Selling is one of the hardest parts of being a business owner, but it’s also a necessity. How can we sell without being salesy? What does good selling look like? What alternatives are there for introverts?

In this episode, Kendrick Shope talks about how we can sell with integrity while improving or ability to sell.

In order to passionately pursue and get what you want, you need to know what that is. -Kendrick Shope

 

3 Things We Learned From This Episode

The two steps of selling (10:35-11:22)

Sales is a people-based process, and the first two steps of selling are prospecting and engaging. Many business owners think selling is all about overcoming objections when in fact it’s about solving problems. Good selling involves helping people, not pushing them towards a sale.

 

We shouldn’t tweak something if we don’t know how it works (25:50-27:00)

When we purchase books, courses, or get advice from sales professionals, we have to follow it thoroughly. We should only tweak the script once we’ve had some success to prove that we understand the process.

 

There are sales strategies suitable for introverts as well  (27:49-30:06)

One of the biggest fears many of us have when it comes to sales is getting on a call. Yet, selling doesn’t necessarily require phone calls. There are other ways we can sell that are more comfortable for us. In most cases, bad experiences can be avoided if we stick to the script because we sound professional and aren’t forced to reinvent the formula.

 

Guest Bio

Kendrick Shope is the CEO and creator of Authentic Selling. She’s also an author, speaker, media personality, and Radio/Podcast host. She was featured as a guest expert on NBC, Lady Business Radio, The Daily Times, and many others. Her mission is to empower other women to sell without sacrificing an ounce of integrity.

You can find her 10 keys to double your sales in 6 months for free HERE.

Sep 27, 2018

Business routines are challenging to build because there’s always that fear of missing out or making mistakes. Why isn’t there a size-fits-all routine we can all follow? Why should we ask ourselves questions instead of using to-do lists? Why is it important to always keep an eye on generating new leads?

In this episode, I talk about 3 questions I ask myself every day before I start working.

 

In the realm of making money, knowing what are you going to sell and how you are going to sell is extremely important. -Dana Malstaff

 

3 Things We Learned From This Episode

  • The first thing we should ask ourselves in the morning is, “Do we have anything that needs to get done in order for someone else to do their job?” If we skip this step, we slow down everyone else on our team, so it’s important to get this out of the way.
  • The second question is linked to our most important projects: “What is the next task we need to complete in order to move the project forward?” Ideally, we should have up to 3 projects if we work with a team and one project if we work alone.
  • The third question is, “What can we do today to ensure we’re making money?” Each day we have to think about what tactic drives the most business and the largest chunk of income, and then we need to put it on repeat.

Focusing on driving income should be an everyday priority, but it gets complicated when there are no leads in the pipeline. This usually happens because we aren’t clear on what we sell and what problems we solve. It’s not enough to work on visibility. We have to know what our packages are and how we can bring value to people. 

 

Sep 25, 2018

Subscription programs are rising in popularity, but it’s a model that works better for some than others. What’s the best way to test the waters before launching products? What are the two business models that work for subscriptions? What types of subscription businesses are more likely to succeed?

In this episode, Julie Ball talks about how she became a boss mom by building a subscription-based company.

Product discovery is a big reason why people like subscription boxes.

-Julie Ball

 

3 Things We Learned From This Episode

Build an audience before launching the product (09:40:08:40)

We buy from companies we feel connected to, and one of the best way to connect with potential clients is to give them a sneak peek inside our business. To do so, we can use email campaigns where we share our business journey, ask for feedback, etc. This gets us in front of people and helps us build trust before we invest any money in building our products.

Subscriptions programs have a unique draw (10:00-13:00)

People love subscription programs because there’s a joy of discovery. There’s always something new. Plus, once you set it up, you can forget about it and the packages will still arrive. However, if we want to start a business like this, we have to narrow down our niche.

 

Pick one business model and stick with it  (15:50-17:30)

In the subscription space, we have to know what our business model is from the start. Should we go for subscriptions that are focused on brief periods of our clients’ lives, such as expecting a child? Should we focus on aspects of people’s lives that are unlikely to change, like motherhood or entrepreneurship? Figuring this out allows us to determine whether we need to focus more on retaining our current clients or chasing new ones.

 

Why create a product before we know whether our audience will like it? We need to engage with potential clients first and ask for feedback before launching our product. This way, we get to know what our clients really want without wasting money on developing products that won’t sell. Email campaigns are a great way to connect with potential clients and launch a pre-sale to gather the funds first.

 

Guest Bio


Julie Ball is the CEO of Sparkle Hustle Grow, speaker, and community builder, and author. She’s been featured in Forbes, Business Insider, Thrive Global, POPSUGAR, Mashable, and Buzzfeed. Julie ran an all female website design and development firm but wanted to make the switch to working from home and being there for her daughter, and this is how her online business was born. Today, she runs a subscription business for female entrepreneurs with the purpose of bringing positivity and words of encouragement to their lives.

Sep 21, 2018

Media appearances aren’t just for celebrities and big companies. Small businesses can leverage them as well. What are the first steps we should take towards exposure in the media? Are a few appearances enough to generate leads for years to come? How does the media cycle impact the number of times we need to be seen to stay relevant?

In this episode, Christina Nicholson shares why media appearances are superior to advertising and how we can leverage them.

You have to continue to put yourself out there because the cycle is always moving and changing.

-Christina Nicholson

 

3 Things We Learned From This Episode

Why it’s beneficial to make the transition from freelancer to business owner (13:00-14:00)

Being a freelancer and a business owner is almost the same thing, but people perceive these words differently. Plus, when we make the shift, we can add more people to our team who can help us out and free up our time.

 

How to leverage media appearances  (17:37-19:20)

People assume that once they appear in the media everyone is going to see it and clients will flock to them. We still have to do our own PR and promote our appearances.

 

The importance of continually investing in media (24:01-25:08)

Like the stock market, we can’t just invest money, make a small win, and retire. We have to continue to invest in our PR efforts or we won’t get leads on a consistent basis. Our media appearances only stay relevant for so long, making it important to pursue and create new opportunities for exposure.

 

Earned media is different from advertising because our audience knows we're getting the coverage because of our value. Anyone can pay for ads, but it takes a certain level of skill and expertise to be featured on a major media outlet. This is why PR is so important for our businesses. It gives our audience clues about our value and what we can bring to the table.

 

What makes earned media different from advertising is our audience knowing that it’s because of our value that we get coverage. Anyone can pay for ads, but it takes a certain level of skill and expertise to be featured on a major media outlet, and this is why PR is so important for our businesses. It gives our audience clues about our value and how much we can bring to the table.

 

Guest Bio

Christina Nicholson is a former TV reporter and anchor who has worked in markets from New York City to Miami. She is still telling stories, but instead of doing it for a newscast, she's doing it to help businesses grow. With her business, Media Maven, she helps entrepreneurs reach thousands, even millions, of their ideal customers or clients in minutes instead of months through the power of media without spending big bucks on advertising. You can still see her in front of the camera as a host on Lifetime TV, in national commercials, and read her work online in Huff Post, Inc. Magazine, and Fast Company. Christina also has a local lifestyle and family blog, Christina All Day. She lives in South Florida with her husband and two young children.


Go to https://www.mediamavenandmore.com/ for more information, find her on Facebook http://Facebook.com/MediaMavenAndMore and follow @ChristinaAllDay on social media.

Sep 12, 2018

We often think of childbirth as a physical process, but it’s a lot about the mind too. How can we find the balance between mind and body to make labor less stressful?  What can a doula teach us about birthing, motherhood and shifting our paradigms about labor? How can a better understanding of manifestation help us to guide our thoughts and actions into the life we want?

On this episode, Chelsea Alders shares on her journey to becoming a mother, a doula, and a business owner.

The more your brain tries to jump in and interrupt, the less your body and intuition will take over.

- Chelsea Alders

 

3 Things We Learned From This Episode

The universe manifests what you ask of it (14:47- 15:09)

What you think and what you say out loud is a lot of what will manifest for you. You’ll find that the universe often seems to do what you want. It's important that our actions line up with what we want in our lives.

 

Manifesting vs. gut instincts (16:17 - 16:49)

There’s always going to be a push-and-pull between creating our reality by manifesting it or following what our gut tells us we're capable of.

 

How we can breathe our pain away (17:15-19:08)

When we’re scared and stressed, our bodies contract, which makes labor so much harder. Hypnobirth leans on the fact that we’re more at ease when we breathe, which decentralizes the pain. When we offer breath to an ache, it eases it. Our bodies let go, and they can be in a space to do what they're meant to do.

 

 We all have paradigms shaped by our experiences, and they can often be very limiting. The more well-rounded experiences we have, the more we expand our options and ideas about what works for us.

 

Guest Bio

Chelsea Alders is a mom of 3, owner of Sun Dreams Productions, a corporate entertainment and artist agency, running and coordinating entertainment for companies like Nordstrom, UGG Australia, Ted Baker, Bloomingdales, Neiman Marcus, Dillards, etc. She is the Co-owner of Om Mamas Blog, Owner of Om Mamas Doulas, and a Labor Doula, Placenta Specialist and licensed HypnoBirthing® Practitioner.

Go to https://www.ommamas.com/ for more information.

Sep 6, 2018

We love solving problems, but what happens when our clients need something else from us? Perhaps support or just someone who can listen to their problems? How can we identify ways to better serve our clients? When should we give advice and when should we just listen as a friend?

In this episode, I talk about when we’re needed as coaches and when we should just sit back and acknowledge our clients issues.

 

The answer is not always to solve the problem. Sometimes, the answer is to listen. -Dana Malstaff

 

3 Things We Learned From This Episode

  • As business owners on a sales call, the first instinct we have is to identify the problem, diagnose the root of it, and deliver the solution. But because we run a business, we need to stop solving problems for free. We should only give a free diagnosis.
  • At times, our clients aren’t necessarily looking for solutions to their problem. They just want someone to listen to them and acknowledge how hard the whole process is.
  • Many of us are frustrated when we don’t have people like us to engage with. This could happen to our clients as well. Maybe they need someone in their lives who they can vent to about their journey.

How do we know if we’re helpful when our clients come to us? How do we identify if they need a solution or just someone who listens and supports them? One of the indicators of what clients need is how open they are to the idea of taking action. For example, consider a situation where we inform a client how to solve their problem but they ignore it. If they begin to vent, it’s probably a sign that they need our support, not business advice.

Sep 4, 2018

Negative experiences in our lives come with emotional scars, baggage, and other burdens. How can we unpack these things and overcome the emotional consequences of what we’ve faced? How do we bring a bit more confidence and bravery into our daily lives? How do we know when a fear is serious and needs to be addressed?

On this episode, founder of In-Courage Living and professional encourager, Sarah Humes, shares how she’s healed from the tragedies in her life and how she’s empowering people to live in freedom, confidence, and bravery every day.

Challenging circumstances come with emotional consequences.
-Sarah Humes

3 Things We Learned From This Episode

  1. Fear comes in many different packages (09:24 - 09:48)
    There are different shades of fear, whether it's lack of confidence or more severe emotional obstacles. There’s a big difference between a bit of nervousness and the kind of paralyzing, debilitating fear that makes it impossible for us to do what we need to do.

  2. Childhood experiences affect us more than we care to admit (11:35 -14:46)
    People try to pretend that we're not affected by the things that happen to us when we’re growing up, but our childhood undoubtedly impacts how we see the world or what we expect out of life’s events. As an adult, it's important to try to unpack early life experiences that may be negatively affecting us today.

  3. Use compliments as affirmations (24:11 - 24:43 )
    Affirmations work well, but sometimes we need something different to really give us encouragement. When our friends and loved ones give us compliments, we can actually start writing them down and using them as affirmations.

 

When fear stops us from doing everyday things like making dinner for our families or going after our goals, it’s time to look inward and perhaps talk to someone who can help us unpack all this. We all have fears, insecurities, and negative experiences that have shaped us, but we can also overcome them and start living brave and confident lives. Bravery isn’t about not being afraid— it’s about pushing through it. Confidence is security in who we are, and it doesn’t have to be based on what we look like or sound like. It’s just about what we believe our value is—and we are all valuable. Tapping into that makes us happier, helps with what we contribute to the world, and it heals us.

 

Guest Bio-
Sarah is a professional encourager and the founder of In-Courage Living.  After struggling with anxiety and fear, In-Courage Living was born out of the desire to share her experiences with others to help them realize they they are strong.  Over the past 5 years, she has taught small audiences and groups many different life skills to deal with life's little problems. Go to https://www.sarahrosehumes.com/ or find her on Facebook https://facebook.com/incourageliving.com or on Instagram @HumesSarah for more information.

 

Aug 30, 2018

Have a failed launch in your past? It happens to the best of us, and it can make us dread the idea of launching a new product or service. How do we get to the point where we no longer need launches to generate income? What are the most common mistakes we make when we launch, and why should we avoid "soft" launches?

In this episode, I talk about why we fear launches so much and how we can build a business that doesn’t rely solely on launching new products or services to generate revenue.

 

If you have a nurture system, then you won’t be holding onto the launch. -Dana Malstaff

 

3 Things We Learned From This Episode

  • Most of the time, the reason why businesses fail is because they believe their product or service alone is good enough so investing in marketing isn’t needed.
  • The truth is people need to be persuaded before they buy. Even big companies like Apple have spent billions on their marketing efforts.
  • A successful company isn’t built on perpetual launches but on constantly tweaking products and having a nurture system that consistently converts leads into buyers.

 

When we find something that works, it’s better to improve what we already have instead of always chasing something new. This way, we get even better at what we do and we can create businesses that don’t rely on stressful launches but on nurturing systems that always convert leads into sales in the background.

Aug 29, 2018

Funding is a common challenge for many of us, but how can platforms like Kickstarter get our products in front of people? How do we determine if there’s a market for our products? What role does storytelling play in promoting our Kickstarter campaigns?

On this episode, the founders of Love Powered Co., Anna Lozano and Lindy Sood, share how they built a six-figure business by selling positive affirmation cards made for children, and they give insights on successful crowdfunding.

Running a 30-day Kickstarter campaign is like running a marathon. We had to strategically map out the pre-launch, launch, and post-launch. -Anna Lozano

3 Things We Learned From This Episode

  1. More and more parents are interested in self-development (10:00-12:30)

 

The modern mom wants to do more than provide shelter and food for her children. There’s a demand for self-improvement materials, even for children. There’s also a large market out there for methods of instilling confidence in children from an early age because adults know difficult life can be without it.

 

  1. The impact of affirmations on both parents and children (15:00-16:30)

 

Affirmations are beneficial for adults, too. Also, parents will often spread the word about the products they just purchased, giving added reach for your brand.

 

  1. Your campaign has to have a message and a mission (18:00-19:30)

 

Successful Kickstarter campaigns are more about the brand message and less about the product. The first thing our audience sees is the solution we provide and how we want to make a small change around us. If we just promote a commodity, we won’t stand out. We have tell a story of how our product can improve the lives of the people who purchase it..

 

A Kickstarter campaign is not a sprint, but a marathon. Many of us make the mistake of just launching the product or service when we need to map out the pre-launch, the launch, and what happens after. This usually means we need to craft an entire brand message that will be sent to our audience. It is a lot of work, but it is worth it for an impactful and effective campaign.

 

Guest Bio-

Anna Lozano and Lindy Sood are the founders of Love Powered Co., a card company that uses positive affirmations to empower children in their own journey. You can find their positive affirmations cards and downloadable prints here. Follow them on social media Instagram.com/lovepoweredco and facebook.com/lovepoweredco.

Aug 24, 2018

We’re all aware that routines can make our personal lives easier, but what about business routines? Do you have a daily business routine that doesn't focus on just mundane tasks but also on specific steps that lead to more sales? How is a routine like this built? How can we use it to measure whether our current actions are beneficial for our business? In this episode, I talk about why successful entrepreneurs have a business routine and how we can build one for ourselves.

 

It’s in the repetitive act of doing that we see success. -Dana Malstaff

 

3 Things We Learned From This Episode

  • After interviewing many successful people, I’ve found that the people who are most successful have a routine.
  • A routine doesn’t always involve doing repetitive tasks.
  • In the end, what makes a business successful is finding actions that attract clients and make more sales, then putting those actions on repeat.

 

Routines can help us measure success and productivity. When we focus on the same things over a prolonged period, it’s easier to find out what works, what doesn’t, and where we should make some tweaks. When we don’t have a routine in place, we can only guess what we’re doing wrong because our actions are inconsistent. It can also help our productivity, as we’re most likely to put in the work if we create a daily habit out of it.

 

Aug 22, 2018

More and more people are looking for straightforward, streamlined and uncomplicated content. Is this something you can do in your own business? Are people willing to pay for content that was once published for free? If so, under what conditions? What are the steps you can take to make sure your content marketing strategy thrives?

In this episode, Allie Casazza talks about how she turned her life around by living a simpler life and how she brought this to her business, too.

Writing for virality can be done on purpose. -Allie Casazza

 

3 Things We Learned From This Episode

 

  1. People are willing to pay for curated, straight-forward content (10:40-11:20)

 

Just as many people want minimalism in their homes, they also want a more simple approach to information. Often, business owners mistakenly of believe that once they put a lot of content out there for free, nobody will be willing to pay for a course. However, there is additional value in having information compiled and easily accessible.



  1. Virality is not a matter of luck (14:30-15:20)

 

Don’t merely wish for success and increased online exposure— work for it. There are many tools like BuzzSumo that can help you find out what goes viral in your niche. You can use this information to get a grasp of what your potential clients want.



  1. You can carve out your own niche in the industry (18:00-19:20)

 

Being early to the party isn’t the only way you can stand out in business. There will always be competition, but what can set you apart is carving your own niche and finding what’s different about your approach to solving a problem.

 

It’s easy for us to lose out on great growth opportunities when we underestimate people’s desire for simpler content. Instead of trying to churn out as much content as possible, why not curate and streamline our offering? There is so much value in curation of content and crafting a course that saves time, yet keeps the essentials. This makes it worth the money for our audience, because they don’t have to go through pages and pages to find what they need.

 

Guest Bio-

Allie Casazza is an entrepreneur and a mother of four who started her business journey 7 years ago by blogging. Today, she runs a full-blown business with staff all over the country while helping other busy moms get more done with less effort by embracing a minimalist lifestyle.

You can get your free minimalist kit here.

Aug 14, 2018

There are certain types of stories that have been told for thousands of years but never get old because we relate with them so well. How can the discovery of archetypes by Jung help you create content that always resonates with your audience? What are the 7 archetypes? In this episode, I discuss why story archetypes are everywhere around us and share how you can use a template to take advantage of them.

 

3 Things We Learned From This Episode

  • All successful marketers use archetypes because our subconscious connects with them, and it’s easier to persuade when you help the reader relate.
  • The seven archetypes are: the quest, the underdog, the rebirth, the comedy, the tragedy, and the rags to riches.
  • Each archetypes comes with a unique, relatable pattern that can be used in a variety of mediums. For example, the quest is one of the most commonly used archetypes in the world of digital marketing.
  • All you need to do is to find the right archetype that fits your story and the story of your audience.

 

Archetypes are used by all successful online storytellers. They serve as tools to make your content more relatable. We see archetypes everywhere-- in books and movies, as well as call to actions, sales pages, and social media content. The trick is to find the archetype that resonates best with your audience and personality.

Aug 9, 2018

There’s a lot of pressure on moms to keep the house clean, do the daily chores, and take care of their children. Many mothers are alone in these responsibilities. How can you break the never-ending cycle of chores that need to be done? Why is it important for your children to share chores? And how can you use calendars and Trello boards to create a system in which each member of the family contributes something? In this episode, Yvonne Marcus, shares her journey as a mom and talks about how she ended up helping women gain back their free time by creating systems to delegate home chores.

 

3 Things We Learned From This Episode

  1. Teach the next generation about equally shared chores (09:00-13:10)

Traditionally, women were supposed to do everything around the house. This approach leads to frustration and makes women feel overwhelmed. The best way to break the cycle is to teach your kids that chores need to be shared between men and women, and everyone should contribute.

 

  1. Organize chores around the house by using a calendar (14:00-19:40)

When chores pile up, it can be discouraging. A calendar helps you both prioritize and delegate some of the tasks to your spouse and children.

 

  1. Trello can be used to create a system for delegating chores (21:00-22:00)

Women aren’t supposed to do everything by themselves or be expected to do so. A system created on Trello that delegates the work equally is one of the best ways to help yourself and teach your children responsibility.

 

For a lot of moms, the feeling that we have do everything by ourselves is ingrained within us. To combat this, allow and encourage help from your spouse and kids when you need it. One of the best ways to do this is to create a system that delegates the work equally and keeps up with the changes that happen in your family’s lives. For example, if something unexpected occurs and you can no longer do a chore tomorrow, you need a system that allows details to be changed and personalized to fit your day-to-day life.

 

Guest Bio-

Yvonne Marcus is the co-founder of Two Moms, One Podcast, a published writer, and the creative director of The Dahlia Scene, where she helps women live the life they want without feeling pressured to do it all by themselves.


You can find more about Yvonne on her social media accounts on Facebook and Instagram.

Aug 7, 2018

Promotion is a touchy subject for many of us. We don’t want to sound salesy, nor do we want to get rejected. Is it possible to be supportive while selling? How can we deliver more value and promote ourselves without sounding salesy? Is selling a skill that can be learned by anyone? In this episode, I talk about why it’s so important to accept rejection and focus on promoting our businesses to the people who find value in what we do.

 

3 Things We Learned From This Episode

  • Every business owner has to be a salesperson, unless you plan to hire someone to do it for you. This aspect of building a business makes many people uncomfortable because we sometimes doubt ourselves and our abilities.
  • You aren’t a snake oil salesman if you offer support and deliver on what you promised.
  • Many moms have a hard time talking about their business. They don’t want to sound like they are promoting their products and services. The truth is, we all exchange money and services.

 

Part of being a salesperson is finding the right people, and understanding that not everyone can be helped. You also have to recognize that, like everything else, selling is a skill that can be learned. The more you know about it, the easier it is for you to communicate effectively, sound more genuine, and become better at supporting people throughout their journey.

Aug 2, 2018

Budgeting can be quite challenging. It has the tendency  to make us feel deprived, especially when we work hard and we know we deserve a treat once in a while. How can we figure out what we should actually be spending our money on? What will our children learn from our budgeting efforts? And how can we make budgeting work for our unique situation?

In this episode, Allison Baggerly talks about how she got out of debt and made saving money second nature.

 

3 Things We Learned From This Episode

What to do when we feel we deserve something but we can’t afford it (04:21-06:25)

Cutting unnecessary costs can be tough. We feel like we deserve certain things when we work hard. We have to ask ourselves this question: Is the purchase necessary? There are many things we do deserve, but sometimes we need to make a compromise now to be financially secure later.

 

Your children will learn the value of work and money from you (13:00-15:00)

Your children will imitate everything you do, including your spending habits. Make your children save and work for their money. When they do end up making a purchase, they’ll cherish it more because they actually worked for it.

 

There is no one-size-fits-all approach to budgeting (18:20-19:00)

Not everyone has the same journey when it comes to budgeting, so it’s important to look at your current lifestyle and ask yourself what things you can live without and what you can’t. For example, if you don’t have an emergency fund, you might want to cut a portion of your budget to make one as soon as possible. Once you have one, you're less likely to have to make major budget cuts when something comes up.

 

Guest Bio

Allison Baggerly started learning about budgeting after she found herself in debt and with a child on the way. In the past few years, she paid off all of her debt but she made budgeting her second nature. Now she writes about how to save money and pay off debt on her blog, and she put together a course for families who want to achieve financial freedom.

 

Jul 26, 2018

Business is all people, and the more we understand people, the better. How can we learn to understand the process someone goes through when making a change? What is the process we should move our clients through? How can we provide our services to people at each stage in the process? On this episode, I talk about the 6 stages of making a change and how to leverage them in your service offering.

 

3 Things We Learned From This Episode

  • Sales is a learned skill, not a personality trait.
  • In the contemplation phase, we can provide content and resources to help our clients move to preparation mode.
  • Someone can be in action in one part of their life, pre-contemplation in another, and contemplation in yet another.
  • Our goal is to get people into maintenance mode. It means we’ve done our job and we can move on.

 

The stages of making a change are pre-contemplation, contemplation, preparation, action, maintenance and termination/relapse. When we’re familiar with these steps, we can help our clients progress through the stages, moving them into action and maintenance. Knowing how people feel at each stage means we’re better equipped to sell to them, making us more impactful and effective.  

Jul 24, 2018

When life hits us with difficulty, tragedy, or loss, it can be hard to run our business at the same time. When things feel out of control, how do we decide what we have control over? How can we keep momentum, even when we don’t feel like putting in the effort? How can we do good work while still processing our emotions?

On this episode, NJ and I talk about getting through the rough patches in life.

At some point, you’ve got to recognize that sometimes it’s a long road to recovery when things happen in your life-- and that’s okay. -Dana Malstaff

 

3 Things We Learned From This Episode

Some things are just hard because they are new (03:29 - 04:11)

Be mindful of the challenges that seem difficult as a result of being something new. Just because you’ve never faced a certain problem doesn’t mean you’re not equipped to overcome it.

 

We are emotional creatures, and that’s not a bad thing (17:58 - 18:47)

When we get really into our business, we sometimes forget that we are emotional creatures. This is not something to ignore or repress, but to recognize and embrace. This makes it easier to engage and cope with our emotions.

 

Starting a business is like a modern day walk-about for women (24:13 - 25:04)

Businesses are a self-discovery engine. They force us to confront what we really want and what we’re willing to fight for. Sometimes this will change the lives around us as we shift and grow.

 

Guest Bio

NJ Rongner is a business strategist who helps female entrepreneurs clear the clutter and get laser focused on what matters most. Known by her signature phrase "I can't sign off on that," she's not afraid to tell her clients when they're going in the wrong direction. NJ is the founder of Working Christian Mom where she provides encouragement and support to women who love their family, love their job and love their faith. You can find out more about her podcast and services by visiting Working Christian Mom.

Jul 19, 2018

We often feel compelled to help everyone who seems interested in learning more, but we may end up spending time on people who don’t plan to take action or can’t do so at the moment. Why is it important that we separate the people who can take action from those who only take our advice? How can it impact our self-esteem? In this episode I talk about why it’s important for us to focus on being impactful instead of just being helpful.

 

Stop being helpful and start being impactful. -Dana Malstaff

 

3 Things We Learned From This Episode

 

  • As women, we are inclined to help and fix things, but some people are not in the mental state or position to take action based on what they learn from us.

 

  • We might want to help everyone, but we have to make a distinction between the people who can take what we give them and put it into action versus those who won’t. This is the difference between helpful and impactful.

 

  • We have to focus on the people who are in the right place. This is our audience: the people who will actually put everything into action and change their lives.

 

We need to start recognizing who we can really have an impact on. It’s hard to be productive and passionate about what you are doing when the people you are helping don’t see any results. It can lower our self-esteem and lead us to question our value.

Instead, we should focus on the people who we can make an impact on; the people who will make us proud by taking action.

 

Jul 17, 2018

Many parents don’t know which route to take when it comes to teaching their children how to become more independent and responsible. Is there a way to teach this from an early age without putting too much pressure on the child? How can we teach kids to see work from a different point of view? And most importantly, what should be our expectations regarding what our children can do given their age? In this episode, Anne-Laure Schneider speaks about how she became a Montessori educator and how the Montessori method can help you raise independent-minded children.

 

3 Things We Learned From This Episode

 

Takeaway 1 (05:18-06:40)

If we don’t like the context, why not change it? If the schools our children go to aren’t providing the level or the type of education our children need to grow, we have to become more proactive about it. This sometimes translates to teaching ourselves how to help our children improve their learning processes and become more independent.

 

Takeaway 2 (17:20-18:24)

The biggest misconception about the Montessori method is that it doesn't let children live out their childhood. But many children love to help their parents out, and pretend they want to feel like adults too. For them, it’s all a game, even when they do chores. There are so many things children can do at an early age, but as parents we are afraid of seeing our kids grow up too fast.

 

Takeaway 3 (10:53-12:03)

Children can be easily taught to do their own things, like work on their own projects while we work as well. Empowering children to do some things on their own not only helps them become more confident in their abilities, but it also prevents them from constantly trying to get our attention while we do our chores.

 

Children are often underestimated. At times, the best way to teach them something is not to constantly nag them but to let them experience the consequences of their actions. And as parents this is tough because we have a tendency to be overprotective.

The Montessori method does the exact opposite. It allows children to make mistakes and gives them bit of responsibility around the house. All of this helps them prepare for adulthood.

 

Guest Bio-
Anne-Laure Schneider initially started off as a scientist, with a degree in Logic from the University of Cambridge. But after she had her first child, she fell in love with the Montessori method, which was used at the preschool her child attended. This is how she started her journey to becoming a Montessori educator and getting certified. In the present, she helps moms by sharing her Montessori courses online so everyone can benefit from this teaching method without having to attend a school.

Jul 12, 2018

Podcasting is a great way to build a relationship with your audience by giving them something more than a blog post to connect with. How can you use podcasting as an authority builder, and why should you be more than just an interviewer? What kind of feedback can you expect? In this episode the CEO of Pursuing Results, Matt Johnson, speaks all about podcasting and why you should start one too!

 

3 Things We Learned From This Episode

 

  • Putting out a podcast that gets ignored is not failure; it’s feedback. When you know what your audience doesn’t respond to, you avoid making even a more costly mistakes, such as putting together a course without having any feedback ahead of time.
  • Podcasting is a great authority builder if you know how to use credibility by association. Don’t just be the interviewer. When you have heavy hitters on your podcast, engage in conversations with them instead of just asking questions.
  • Social proof is another credibility builder, so make sure you help the guests promote the podcast episode on their social media accounts as well. This will also help you receive more exposure and get invited to speaking events.

 

You don’t have to have a million downloads to have a six figure business. You can dominate a category in the minds of your audience. Focus your marketing efforts and build your business on that. Additionally, the relationships you build with your guests will serve as another opportunity to grow.

 

Guest Bio:

Matt Johnson is a marketer, entrepreneur, musician. As founder of Pursuing Results, a podcast PR & production agency based in San Diego, Matt runs a worldwide virtual team helping business coaches and agencies break in and dominate new markets through podcasting.

Matt currently hosts and co-hosts niche business shows such as The YouX Podcast, Real Estate Uncensored, The Team Building Podcast, and Level Up. He also speaks to experts and entrepreneurs on how to turn a rockstar business into a YouX Machine. He is a featured podcast guest and speaks to audiences around the US, Canada and Australia.

Jul 10, 2018

Domestic violence leaves so many people suffering in silence. How can you identify if you’re being abused? When you want to escape a relationship, what should you keep in mind? What are some of the biggest misconceptions that further isolate abuse victims? On this episode, domestic abuse survivor, speaker, and author Rosie Aiello shares how she survived and why she’s empowering others.

 

3 Things We Learned From This Episode

 

When you don’t know what abuse looks like, you can think you’re the problem (06:45 - 08:35)

 

A lot of women don’t realize that what they are actually experiencing is abuse. It’s only when they know the signs that they can empower themselves. Until then they will think they are the problem and keep trying to make it better.

 

Keep your escape private (17:29 - 17:46)

When planning to leave an abusive partner, don’t tell them. If you do, they will only tighten the reins. This can put you and your children in danger.

 

Observe the patterns of behavior (25:26 - 27:46)

When it comes to an abuser’s behavior, there are patterns you have to watch out for. They tend to be narcissistic, they don’t take responsibility, they aren’t willing to change their behavior, and they are great to the outside world but awful to you.

 

Abuse comes in many forms, and sometimes we don’t even recognize it’s happening to us. When we’re not being heard or given the love and respect we deserve, that’s a problem. The key to survival is being strong inside and learning what your value is. It’s possible to escape and finally live a life outside of the prison walls. Rosie is an incredible example of this. Remember: real love is kind, respectful, and understanding.

 

Guest Bio-

After a 25 year marriage, Rosie Aiello engineered an international escape to save her daughter and herself from domestic violence.

Nearly mentally destroyed,  within four years of arriving back in the United States, she reinvented herself since started her own business, and became a speaker, best-selling author and an international awarding-winning entrepreneur.

Visit www.11hourstofreedom.com to learn more about Rosie’s empowerment program for women.

Jul 5, 2018

Flash sales are a good way to make some extra money without building big campaigns. But what price points work best with flash sales? Should you have an audience that you keep engaged via email? What happens when you give a discount on your signature program? In this episode, Dawn Marss shares how you can build a flash sales from scratch.

 

3 Things We Learned From This Episode

 

  • Products and services that don’t have a high price are best for flash sales. But if you do sell only high priced items, you can bundle up and give a discount to make them look cheaper.
  • Before you start a flash sale, you have to make sure you have an engaged list of people who already like what you’re doing. Also, you have to make sure the list isn’t too short; otherwise, there won’t be many people who see your flash sale.
  • You can build a bigger list by investing in Facebook advertising and creating content for your business.
  • When you offer a big discount on your signature program, the people who already paid full price for it will get angry at you.

 

I don’t flash sale to people I haven’t done some nurturing. -Dawn Marrs


Make sure your advertising and content marketing efforts are targeted at people who need your products or services, or the list is useless. When you do build a list, you need to start the nurturing process. It doesn’t take much time to nurture for a flash sale, hence the “flash” term. But you still need to make yourself known get them to like & trust you before the sale.

Jul 3, 2018

At some point, we all struggle to find the right partner or maintain our current relationships with our partner, parents, or children. Why is it sometimes so difficult to communicate how we feel? Do we show affection differently? Are relationships supposed to be effortless?

In this episode, Emunah Malinovitz breaks some myths around love, relationships, and communication.

 

All of the tools that I teach to my clients can be used to connect with any human being. -Emunah Malinovitz

 

3 Things We Learned From This Episode

1. Love speaks many languages

Love has many languages. Unless we learn to speak the language of our partner, we won’t feel connected or in harmony. Each one of us has a different way of showing love, and we have to love our partners the way they want to be loved.

 

2. Sometimes you may need professional help

It’s sometimes necessary to find someone from outside with an objective view of your unique situation to help you get a clearer understanding what’s happening in your relationships. Unfortunately, knowing who you are and what can make you happy isn’t taught in school. Still, there are people who already walked this path before you and can lend a helping hand.

 

3. Relationships take work and must be nurtured

From our childhood, we have a fairytale image of how successful relationships should look, but the truth is that we take most adult relationships for granted. Connections need to be supported, and at times you will need the right tools to identify and fix problems.

 

Taking time to nurture relationships positively impacts not only the way you communicate and show love to your romantic partner, but also to your children, friends, and family.

Jun 28, 2018

The best way to shake off the feeling of being overwhelmed is to set realistic and measurable goals. By doing so, you just have to look at your to-do list and ask yourself, “Which of the tasks here help me achieve my goals?” This will help you prioritize and declutter your work hours. This doesn’t mean you don’t need to do the rest of your tasks, but because they aren’t as important, you can afford the luxury of delaying them without feeling guilty.

 

You want to spend the least amount of time not knowing what to do.- Dana Malstaff

 

3 Things We Learned From This Episode

 

  • When we feel we don’t have enough time, we struggle with organizing, prioritizing, and taking action.
  • The solution is not making your to-do list smaller, but rather knowing what’s urgent and important right now.
  • All of us may have a number of goals, but we don’t have the time or the resources to do everything, so we have to pick the one thing that keeps our business afloat.
  • When setting a goal, make sure it’s both realistic and measurable, and don’t put yourself down if it takes longer than expected.



You have to understand that doing one thing right now doesn’t make everything else go away. But if you keep thinking about everything else, then you won’t make any progress.

Everything on your to-do list may seem important, but if you set a goal, you have a direction. Anything on your list that brings you closer to your goal becomes a priority. Make sure you set performance goals as well. What are some daily tasks you can do to reach your goals?

Jun 26, 2018

Moms everywhere leave their jobs to spend more time with their family, but many end up having a hard time making an income from home. How can you start your journey towards building a business? How much time do you spend reading and listening to business audiobooks? What are the best ways you can save money? How should you test your business ideas? In this episode, Lauralyn Johnson, mother of four, shares how she built two businesses.

I needed a product, because at a certain point I needed cash flow to keep the business running. -Lauralyn Johnson

3 Things We Learned From This Episode

  1. Educate yourself ( 08:40-11-44)

 

Use any chance you get to listen to podcasts and audiobooks, and educate yourself on how to make the changes you desire. There are so many ways you can start a business that you probably don’t even know about until you spend some time researching your options.

 

  1. Be frugal ( 23:45-26-20)

 

One of the best ways to reduce risks is to be frugal. If possible, relocate to an inexpensive area and downsize. Also, make sure you have enough money to pay in cash for your investments, especially if you’re already in debt.


  1. Test your ideas ( 15:30 -16:30)

 

There are many business ideas that sound good on paper but don’t bring any income. Find a way to test whether there’s an audience for your products and services. Pitch your ideas to people who might be your ideal clients and see how they react.

 

Imperfect action is still action. All of us have that inner critic inside of us that makes us think twice before we make a move. But after you’ve done it long enough, the inner critic starts to quiet down. The best way to get rid of your insecurities and fears is to just do it, even if it’s not going to be perfect, and even if you’re genuinely afraid of the end result.

 

Guest Bio

Lauralyn Johnson is an entrepreneur, author, and mother of four. She left her well-paid corporate job in order to free up time for her children, and she ended up starting a business from home. Today, she helps busy moms plan their trips to Disney and make the most out of it while being on a budget. You can find her tips & tricks at https://www.smartmomsplandisney.com/

Jun 21, 2018

Many of us struggle with the idea that maybe we aren’t suited to be entrepreneurs. We encounter so many challenges and often end up doubting our abilities. Is your business constantly evolving and shifting? Do you need occasional breaks to achieve clarity? What should you actually focus on trying to control? In this episode, I share what normal growing pains look like for a business and why your worries are more common than you might think!

3 Things We Learned From This Episode

 

  • You need to sort yourself out in order achieve clarity for your business. In some cases, this involves taking breaks, especially when you go through hardships.
  • As a business owner, you are going to have big highs and big lows, and at some points you will doubt your current model.
  • Market shifts happen. Your business will often pivot, and your ideal customer will change as well.
  • The one thing you can control, despite everything else that happens in your business, is your performance. You can set realistic performance goals every week.

 

Businesses, much like people, aren’t perfect. Maintaining clarity and focus, or constantly thinking about new ways to improve your current model are common pains. Just because you have to take a break due to hardships or other challenges, this doesn’t mean your business is broken. You’ll evolve, as will your business, and this happens to each one of us.

Jun 19, 2018

A lot of the messages we get about love are unrealistic and don’t encourage women to get in touch with who they are. Why is it so important for us to change how we approach men and dating? Why does it seem so difficult at times? What is “mantourage” dating and how does it help us take our power back? On this episode, Jenn Burton shares her dating coaching tips and insights for ambitious and successful women.  

I don’t want you to look for someone who makes you happy. I want you to look for someone who contributes to your happiness. -Jenn Burton

3 Things We Learned From This Episode

 

The approach to dating is different from how we approach our business (21:11 - 23:23)

We can’t approach love and dating the way we approach building our empires. It’s a different dynamic. We can’t approach it as the aggressor. We need to show up as who we are and allow men to get know us.

 

Find your romantic worth  (26:02 - 27:23)

Women are not being taught what our romantic worth is. We either have high walls or no boundaries at all, and this is what getting in the way. We have to discover what we value and use that to find what we want.

 

Find someone who contributes to your happiness  (33:18 - 34:40)

Men alone can’t make us happy, even though they want to. They can, however, contribute to our happiness as we discover ourselves. Learn to take a step back, let yourself evolve, and discover who you are so you know what makes you happy.

 

The stories we’re being told about love are a load of crap. It’s doing both men and women a huge disservice. Ambitious and successful women can find love and have happy relationships, but we do need to shift our thinking and avoid being the aggressor. Ultimately, you can take the power back by giving yourself a chance to explore your options, take your time, and slow down the pace. Look for someone who contributes to your happiness. We can be ourselves and still allow men to get to know us.

 

Guest Bio

Jenn is a relationship coach who decided, after years of dysfunctional relationships & crappy dating experiences, to take matters into her own hands and developed a dating method for creating the most magical experiences that lead to love. Go to https://jennburton.com/ for more information.

 

Jun 15, 2018

It's hard not to get caught up in who is engaging in your community and of those that opt into your list and buy your programs who is really engaging and getting value.  We spend a lot of time focusing on the wrong people and on the wrong content because we don't understand the pie of engagement.

On this episode, I will walk you through how the pie of engagement works and why it’s so important to keep it mind in your business.

 

3 Things We Learned From This Episode

  • Just because you want people to get a certain result doesn't mean that getting a different result won't still satisfy your customers. 
  • There will always be a percentage of people that don't really dive in and do the work. Stop trying to make those people engage and spend your time with the 12.5% that's going to continually buy your programs (listen to find out more).
  • The people who get really good results from you are your rockstars. Don't try to keep making content for these people. Use their stories and testimonials to bring in your ideal client. 

 

The pie of engagement is relevant for people who engage in your community and those who buy your programs. If you draw a circle and draw a line through the middle. This is the start of getting a good idea of how engagement works. 50% of the people might engage but they won’t do the work. Divide one of the halves into 4 parts. These are people who will engage with your stuff to varying degrees. Some of them won’t get results and others will. The ones who get good results will refer you and bring you more business. Don’t fight the pie, just do what you can to get more people into your stratosphere.

Jun 12, 2018

Building a business online from scratch is hard, but Paige managed to build a huge following on Facebook in just 6 months. How can you apply her content strategy to your business? Should you build a website or rely 100% on social media? Should moms wait until their babies get older before starting their businesses? In this episode, Paige LoPinto shares her amazing journey on how she became a boss mom on the day she gave birth, and grew a huge following on Facebook in only 6 months.

My “why” is showing women different birth options. I don’t think there’s one right way to birth. -Paige LoPinto

 

3 Things We Learned From This Episode

 

  1. Create content that educates, not persuades (11:30-13:00)

Give women the right to choose without making recommendations. In this case, the Birth Tube is a place where women are educated on different birthing options. By seeing women giving birth live on video, future mothers can make an informed decision-- as opposed to blindly following the advice of relatives and friends. They are now able to get an inside look at the process.

  1. Don’t rely entirely on social media  (21:40-23-38)

Social media platforms can help you grow organically, especially if you are active and constantly posting interesting content. The problem with these platforms is that you play by their rules. This means some of your content may get deleted, and you have no control over it. Switching to your website after you grow a community on social media is a better alternative for your business.

 

  1. Don’t delay building a business (26:17-27:20 )

Starting a business, as with raising a newborn, is challenging. But there will be always things in our lives that will make our work a little bit harder. Don’t wait to start a business just because you have a baby. It might be scary at first, but you will be more empowered once you get going.

 

High-quality, controversial content never fails to make noise on social media. Paige’s Facebook group exploded in just 6 months to over 28,000 members because she brought something new to the platform. Moms were waiting for a place where they can see what different types of birth look like. In a world where epidurals are recommended by everyone, women need to do some research on both the pros and cons, and BirthTUBE offers this kind of information in a unique way. If you can educate people, you will empower your community-- and they will empower you, too.

 

Guest Bio-

Paige LoPinto is a social media influencer and the creator of BirthTUBE, a Facebook group where she helps women gain confidence and make an informed decision about giving birth.

Her business journey started on the day she became a mom while giving birth live on Facebook. Her brave act attracted many other women to the group to share and discuss their birth experiences. You can find out more about Paige at https://thesavvymamacom.wordpress.com/about/

Jun 7, 2018

When you get into business, you’re often told that you need to know your ideal client avatar. However, when you focus on one specific group, there’s so much you miss. Why is it so important to have a scale of your ideal clients? How do you flow through knowing this scale? On this episode, I talk about the 5 stages of understanding your ideal client and the journey you want to take them on.

 

3 Things We Learned From This Episode

  • You don’t necessarily have to market to the ideal client because those people are going to find you.
  • A person can show characteristics of needing you, but might lack the mindset, financial resources, and time resources to hire you.
  • The majority of your marketing effort should go towards the people who are one step from saying yes to you.
  • Having clients that outgrow you will be part of the process, but it’s not necessarily a bad thing. Let them outgrow you and become referral partners.

Your ideal client scale is massively important. It is the cornerstone of understanding who you’re going after, where to get them, and whether they’re even the right fit for you. You’re going to have people who look like a good fit but don’t actually have the resources to work with you. Then there are those who are only one step away from working with you, and they are the perfect target. Have clients who are working with you but are becoming independent. Remember that it’s okay for some clients to outgrow you, as they can become excellent referral partners.  

Jun 5, 2018

Climbing the ladder as a woman with children isn’t easy, especially when we want to be present as our children grow up. How can women advance in their careers and become leaders without sacrificing their family life? What are the unique skills that women can bring to the table? Are women in charge supposed to be less “feminine?” In this episode, Linda Smith, a speaker, and senior litigation partner shares 3 ways she used her feminine power to succeed in a man’s world and how she got her trademarked name of The Meanest Woman Alive.

As a woman, you can use your unique feminine advantages to lead. -Linda Smith

 

3 Things We Learned From This Episode

Women have higher emotional IQ (03:15-07:00)

As long as a woman goes by a man’s playbook, she is going to lose. However, women have their own unique set of soft and hard skills that can make them even stronger leaders without losing their femininity. A higher emotional IQ in women helps them identify the personality type of their peers and adjust themselves to communicate in a way their peers can relate to.

 

We play better with others (07:17-07:40)

The alpha males in leading positions often lead the team in a military-style manner, which involves intimidation and puts a lot of pressure on the workers. Women are better at encouraging others to work cooperatively, which lowers the stress levels in the office and brings the best out of a team.

 

Emotions influence decisions (07:40-08-58)

Males like to think they make decisions exclusively based on logic, free of emotion. However, we all make decisions influenced by emotions and impulses. Women are better at understanding the fact that emotions play a big role in the decision-making process, and they take advantage of it.

 

Guest Bio

Linda Smith is an author, speaker and a powerhouse litigator. She represented Fortune 500 companies while raising her children and trying to keep her work-family life balanced. Now she encourages women around the world through her books, podcast, and speaking events to discover their inner strength and use their unique feminine qualities to succeed.

Linda's new book Smashing Glass and Kicking Ass: Lessons from The Meanest Woman Alive™ just came out. Go grab the kindle version today.

May 31, 2018

One of the questions I’m often asked is how to create a movement to grow your business. Why are movements more powerful, exciting and relatable than a business that just sells products? What are the building blocks of a strong movement? How do you create a movement manifesto and story? On this episode, I talk about building a business that is also a movement, because all the best brands are!

A movement cannot move if it is not shared. If you don’t share what you believe in, no one has a chance to get excited by you. -Dana Malstaff

 

3 Things We Learned From This Episode

  • A movement bands people together, and it creates momentum.
  • A movement allows you to attract people like a magnet instead of feeling like you need to reach out to them.
  • To formulate a powerful story of your movement, ask yourself what you believe in, what kind of world you want to live in and what you know to be true.

 

Nowadays, people really want to know about the behind-the-scenes of what you care about and who you are. That’s where a movement comes in. Every business has a movement, and with a little work you can uncover yours. You need a manifesto because it becomes all the words you use in marketing and the things you use in branding. You also need a movement story which is “what you believe in” mixed with “what you’re good at” so it can be shared with the world.

May 29, 2018

Entrepreneurs are so easily caught up in “shiny object syndrome”, and move to the next thing before giving the last thing a real chance. How long should you stay horizontal on one strategy, system, or tactic? Does work-life balance exist? How do you get over the shyness of being on camera? On this episode, Amy Porterfield talks all things entrepreneurship, motherhood and getting comfortable on camera.

In your business, you are tweaking more than pivoting. -Amy Porterfield

 

3 Things We Learned From This Episode

Don’t obsess over work-life balance (12:47 - 13:23)

When you’re a mom and you’re trying to build a big business, you’re not always going to be able to be there. There’s no such thing as work-life balance. You can’t be in two places at once, and you will always miss out on something-- and that’s okay.

 

Lean into your insecurities about being on camera and use them in your story (18:46 - 21:15)

Let go of worrying what you look like and sound like, because no one cares about that. They are actually thinking of themselves and watching to get something out of it for themselves. Remember: having something valuable to share is way more important than how perfect you look and sound when you share it.

 

Tweak more than you pivot (22:42 - 24:27)

There will be about 2 or 3 core pivots that you will ever do in your business. Most of the time, what’s required is tweaking to make things better.  If something is working, stay horizontal for at least 18 months. Tweak it, market it, and promote it for as long as it’s working.

 

It’s easy to get caught up in the fear and limiting beliefs that come with putting yourself out there as an entrepreneur. When we let those things win, we are actually doing ourselves and our students a disservice by saying we care too much about how we look or come across on camera. Even if you feel awkward, push past that and let go of your insecurities. You’ll learn that your audience appreciates it and loves you even more for it. The key thing will always be consistency. When you do something consistently, you’ll become known for it-- and that’s what you want!

May 25, 2018

We often don’t leverage holidays and special days enough--but we should! Why are holidays such a great way to get your audience excited about your products? How are the special moments in our lives opportunities for us? On this episode, I talk about the power of infusing special days and holidays into your marketing and content.

 

We have complete control over what we launch, and we can make informed decisions that we can market really well. -Dana Malstaff

 

Things We Learned From This Episode

  • Marketing and promotion is about finding a reason to celebrate.
  • September and October are great for health and cooking because we’re about to have guests, and we want to cook good meals without gaining weight over the holidays.
  • Look for correlation between a holiday and what you’re trying to sell to your audience.


Holidays and special days give us an opportunity to breathe life into our projects and promotions. If you plan ahead, you can do something that will stand out and resonate with your audience. Go to websites like http://www.holidayinsights.com/moreholidays/ , pick 4 or 5, and find a way to get people excited!

May 23, 2018

The rules of traditional direct response marketing require us to push on our prospects’ biggest fears and negative emotions. How is this messaging confusing to the consumer? How can we tap into the right kind of emotions? Why is it so valuable to know what’s keeping your ideal client up at night? On this episode, Michele PW talks about love-based emotions in marketing and why they are the best way to fuel your messaging.

Once you get to what’s truly keeping them up at night, you’ll know the transformation they’re looking for. -Michelle PW

 

3 Things We Learned From This Episode

Direct response tends to focus on fear-based emotions (01:43 - 02:52)

The problem with traditional direct response marketing is that it relies too much on tapping into negative emotions like guilt, fear, anger, and resentment. Rather than empowering or encouraging people, it often seeks to motivate action to avoid feeling bad.

Acknowledging people’s pain in a respectful manner is really important (06:49 - 09:19)

Pain is a part of this life, for better or for worse, and it serves an important function in our growth. But there is a huge difference between pain and suffering. Suffering is what happens when we attach emotions to pain. In direct response marketing, people tend to agitate the pain which actually induces suffering. Through love-based marketing, there is a way to acknowledge the pain without making people suffer.

Dig deep into what keeps your prospect up at night (09:32 - 09:48)

It is so crucial to know the primary concern on your prospect’s mind. With that information, you can be equipped to provide the solution to their need and help them transform their lives.

 

People make their buying decisions with their hearts and emotions, which is something marketers can easily tap into. The problem is the damage we can do when we agitate their fear-based emotions and encourage decisions made from a negative place. Instead of using anger, guilt and fear as the basis of your marketing,  opt for love-based emotions. Connect to people’s passions, hopes, desires, and core values. Ultimately, that’s what’s going to move them.

May 17, 2018

It’s common right now for people to publish social media content that isn’t really achieving anything for their brand. Why is it so important for us to publish with engagement and our core offering in mind? How do we adjust our strategies so that the social media algorithms benefit us? On this episode I talk about a different approach to social media strategy and why it can make such a huge impact on your brand.

Your core service is your engine, and your social media is the fuel. You have to constantly reinvigorate the fuel and refill the tank. -Dana Malstaff

3 Things We Learned From This Episode

  • Put your core program, service, or offering at the center of your strategy.
  • Think about the different ways you can create diverse content on one thing.
  • When you hire a social media manager, it shouldn’t just be someone who can post for you. You need to hire somebody that has a content background so that they can actually write things for you.

Social media is not a place where we should thoughtlessly, continuously post and hope that people will engage. If there is anything that the social media algorithms are showing us, it’s that engagement matters. So instead of trying to publish content haphazardly, build your strategy around your core offering or program. Present your content in different ways so there’s some diversity. This way, you can increase the appeal of one piece of content, and serve your core programs well. When you center your social media around your content, you will have a stronger and more effective strategy.

May 16, 2018

Building a business from scratch is hard enough, but what happens when the absolute unexpected happens? How do you deal with the things you can’t control? And most importantly, how do you build a business that can continue making profit when you can’t be there? In this episode, Lacy Gadegaard shares her amazing story on how she started out as a hair extension specialist for celebrities, broke out and created her own wildly successful extension business, and how she found the courage to fight multiple sclerosis and keep being a mom and entrepreneur. 

It is so silly to think that in business we can do it all by ourselves. -Lacy Gadegaard

 

3 Things We Learned From This Episode

The importance of social media for business growth (04:30-05:33)

A website where you showcase your work, doubled by the endorsement others give you on social media, makes you look more credible. This is especially true if you are just starting out. Offer your services to bloggers who have large audiences, and share your collaborations with them on social media to reach an even a larger crowd.

 

Focus on the big picture (10:00-10:33)

Don’t stress over the small things. Life is filled with unexpected events and things we can’t control. The only thing left to do is to try your best and avoid comparing yourself to others, because they aren’t you.

 

Hiring people increases your revenue and gives you back your freedom (17:15-19-02)

Hiring new people can be scary at first, but you can’t do everything by yourself without being tired and stressed out. You don’t have to do everything on your own. The more talented people you hire, the more your business will grow.

 

Tragic events happen every day, but you must keep going. When everything is falling down, you learn to focus on the big picture and ignore the small things that once made you upset. Life-changing events such as disease, divorce, or the death of a loved one may change the way you view the world. Even though the progress may be slow at times, it’s up to you to maintain your growth.

 

Guest Bio-  Lacy Gadegaard is a hair guru, celebrity hair extensions specialist, and the CEO of Laced Hair. Her fight with multiple sclerosis only made her stronger in the long run. She built her business while diagnosed with it, and she is currently raising her two children. Her products were featured on ABC, Shark Tank, and The Bachelorette. You can find out more about her amazing story on her instagram or on her website.

May 14, 2018

Mind maps are a great way to brainstorm, and they serve as a great starting point for getting ideas out of your head. Why are mind maps so freeing? Why is it so important to understand how your brain works and comes up with ideas? On this episode, I talk about why mind maps are my favorite way of planning to execute on an idea.

 

3 Things We Learned From This Episode

  • Mind mapping is great way to brainstorm without worrying about structure. Sometimes structure holds us back, as our ideas don’t always come in the order we want to execute.
  • A mind map is never wrong. Every piece of it, whether you keep it, cross it off, or move it is part of the journey to allowing your brain to unravel the beauty that’s inside it.
  • You can’t access the parts of your brain with the good stuff without getting uncomfortable.
  • If it’s not worth mapping and doesn’t fit into the strategy of your business, consider whether it’s really worth it to your business.

 

Our brains are wonderful and unique instruments. When we learn how they function and how ideas unfold in them, the better we get at fleshing out our ideas and then executing on them. It’s not about having the most perfect and organized mind map-- it’s about letting our minds roam free to get an idea out of our heads and onto paper. Expect discomfort, because that’s how we reach the highest form of creation and creativity.

 

May 11, 2018

We all feel pressured to “do the right thing” when it comes to our careers. This usually ends up causing us to make safe choices that might bring money but take away our time and suppress what we really want to be doing. How do you decide what field you should work in? Is your current career path the result of a safe choice? On this episode, Stefani Reinold shares her journey from being an unhappy student in medical school to building her own business online.

I was hoping someone was going to give me an answer, and it took me a couple of years to figure out what my question was to begin with. -Stefani Reinold

 

3 Things We Learned From This Episode

  1. Know what environments you thrive in (10:30-11:26)

If you are studying for a degree that you don’t like or working a job that takes all of your energy, it’s time to question your actions. Know from the beginning what your interests are as well as your raw qualities. In what environments do you thrive?

 

  1. Step outside your comfort zone  (24:58-26:33)

Many people choose risk-free careers even if they aren’t made for them. The money might be good, but waking up every day and going to a job you hate will rob you of your joy. Entrepreneurship is not a risk-free path, but if you learn from your mistakes, you can thrive.

 

  1. Nobody can tell you who you are (17:56-21-10)

No coaching program is going to help you unless you know who you are and what you enjoy doing. What price are you willing to pay for your career? How important is the time spent with your family? The answer to this question should help you find an industry you enjoy.

 

Guest Bio-

Stefani Reinold’s journey started when she realized she is not a “typical mom.” She’s been through a number a business ventures, and she had her fair share of failures. Stepani left behind the opportunity of having a high-paying career in the medical field to more time to spend with her family and follow her passion for business.


Today, she is a successful author and the creator of the Heart Method. She uses her website to educate and help women find themselves and their inner peace. You can find Stefani at Not the Typical Mom.

May 4, 2018

A lot of business owners do too much too fast because they are terrified of losing momentum. Why is control more important than momentum? What do successful businesses do to grow steadily? Why is it so crucial for us to slow down? On this episode, I talk about a powerful lesson learned from a Pilates class.

Strengthening your business core allows the rest of your business to work the way it should with less stress. - Dana Malstaff

 

3 Things We Learned From This Episode

  • You don’t need grandiose movements or to catch momentum for steady growth to take place.
  • Sometimes doing too much and creating too much doesn’t results in distraction rather than growth.
  • When you hear something that feels profound, take a moment to think about how that applies to other things in your life.
  • Don’t start blogging unless you want to make money from it. When you’re running a business, you have to create strategic content.

 

The businesses that are truly successful have good systems, absolute clarity, and say “no” to things that don’t serve their finite purpose. You don’t want your rolling snowball to end up with rocks and dirt-- you want it to have more snow. Having control means having a concise free-to-paid journey and only creating content that feeds your funnel.

May 2, 2018

Launching a new podcast requires a lot of dedication and discipline. How do you make sure your idea is good enough to get people interested? How do you balance between promoting your guests and making sure you’re getting unique stories? On this episode, blogger--and now podcaster-- NJ Rongner is back to talk about launching her very own podcast with as little stress as possible.

We all have these really wonderful ideas that we think are going to change the world, but if we don’t have the people in front of us that need that information, it’s not going to go anywhere. -NJ Rongner

 

3 Things We Learned From This Episode

 

Taking responsibility for your project is critical to its success (04:17 - 04:35)

In partnerships there’s a level of shared co-ownership. When you launch your own blog, podcast or project, the ownership is all on you. That means you have to be prepared for the responsibility that comes with it.

Make sure there’s an audience for your product (13:06 - 13:28)

Your product or idea needs to have people who want it and an easy way for you to launch it. Without both, you won’t get the ROI and results you hope for.

Consider all the factors when validating your ideas  (13:43 - 14:05)

Validating your ideas isn’t just about whether people need the information or not. It’s also about whether you’re visible enough for them to see it and whether you’re putting it in a format intriguing enough for them.

 

Having a wonderful idea that can change the world is a great start, but there has to be more to it. No matter how good your creation is, you also need to have some understanding of how it will be received by your intended audience. Lean on an existing community like a Facebook group or blog community to listen and learn what people actually need. These people will feed you information that allows you to craft a better product, and ultimately empower you to build something that will succeed.

Apr 26, 2018

Reading is a necessary part of self-development and growth. What can we learn about emotional intelligence, communication, creativity, and making decisions? How can books help us become better versions of ourselves and better business owners?

On this episode, I talk about 5 books with a tremendous amount of value and how they can help you and your business. These books will change the way you think and how you engage with the world, as well as how to make decisions without questioning them.

Business is people-- and people relate to each other. -Dana Malstaff

 

3 Things We Learned From This Episode

  • The more you understand how people feel valued and loved, the higher your chances of success.
  • The best way to live your life is to read other people’s love languages so that you can give them love in the way that they understand.
  • When we use our minds to create ideas and bring them to life, it fulfills us as human beings.

Running a business, being creative, and working towards your goals can be daunting. By learning love languages we can become better communicators, which will help our relationships. When we lead with emotional intelligence, we find that our interactions with people improve. The act of creation provides us with fulfillment, as does finding what truly suits us and plays to our strengths.

Apr 24, 2018

We often make the mistake of thinking our prospects don’t want to hear our life stories, what we learned from our mistakes, or why we do the things we do. Stories do more than share your expertise—they create connections. What types of stories should you tell? What makes your story unique? On this episode, Dawn Gluskin shares how she uses stories to grow the businesses of her clients.

Never lose your leadership when you share your story. Even if you look vulnerable, let them see the leader in you. -Dawn Gluskin

 

3 Things We Learned From This Episode

 

  1. Being yourself is the best differentiator (04:35-05:40)

 

In a world where everyone is trying to fit into the mold, being yourself is a valuable differentiator. People are sick of seeing perfect stories. They want something that resonates with them. While your clients want someone competent, they don’t expect perfection. The small cracks in the mask is what makes helps them connect with you.

 

  1. The naked approach (13:40-14:40

 

You can’t express yourself and share your story if you’re constantly living in fear of being judged by others. Social media makes it even harder to share our mistakes and what we learned from them since everyone is sharing only positive aspects of their lives on social media. The naked approach refers to using your own stories and own vulnerabilities to connect with others.

 

  1. We evolved to respond to stories better than raw data  (17:40-18:47)

 

To survive, we needed stories to share with our peers about survival tactics, food locations, and more. While facts and figures do have value, they become even more powerful when they fit into a larger story. Stories are easier to remember and can make you more likable than stats and data.

 

Not all stories are created equal. Not all stories are made to be shared. Ask yourself, is sharing this story relevant to my business? Does it show something I’ve learned from it? You want to be relatable, but make sure you don’t undermine your skills and talents by doing so. Write your stories from a position of leadership and learning.

 

Guest Bio-

Dawn decided to start her own business after she was pressured to come back to her job soon after having a child. In only 3 years, she made around $3 million by helping entrepreneurs share their brand story in a meaningful way. You can find out more about her work at http://www.blissedcommunications.com/

Apr 19, 2018

Our emotions dictate how we interact with our environment and people around us, and we often do ourselves a huge disservice by shutting out negative emotions. Why is it important to give all your emotions room to come to the surface? What happens when we push aside feelings like anger, fear and disgust? On this episode, I talk about a very important lesson we can learn from the cartoon movie, Inside Out.

 

Maturity involves recognizing that emotions are not black and white. -Dana Malstaff

 

3 Things We Learned From This Episode

  • Decide the things that you love and start looking at them with a dissecting eye to see what you can learn from them.
  • Pushing other emotions aside and trying to be happy all the time can put us under a great deal of stress
  • If it’s hard to pull yourself together in life, it will be tough to do it in business

 

Cartoons have so much to teach us about ourselves and business. In the case of Inside Out, we learn that it is important that we face all our emotions when things happen to us. It’s easy to choose to just be joyful all of the time but that can do more damage in the long run. Feelings like sadness, happiness, fear, excitement and anger are all interconnected, and  sometimes we can’t experience one without another. There’s nothing wrong with this. Allowing ourselves to feel the full scope of our emotions gives you-- and your business-- a resilience and ability to heal.

Apr 17, 2018

As a society, we are more focused on ourselves than we’ve ever been before. How can we interrupt this selfishness and help make the world better? How do you figure out your purpose and mission in life? How can you gauge whether you’re going in the right direction? On this episode, host of The Daily Helping podcast, Dr. Richard Shuster shares how he found his life’s purpose after a near-death experience and how he’s paying it forward.

 

3 Things We Learned From This Episode

 

Your values and mission will always steer your towards what’s authentic (08:16 - 09:15)

If you’re really clear about what your values and mission are, you can always ask yourself if an action is in alignment with them. This will help to keep you in the right direction.

 

People and moments matter (10:56 - 11:45)

As we get older, we all start to realize that people and the moments we share with them are things we’re going to be nostalgic about in the future. These are also the things that keep us connected, loving and strong-- and they really matter.

 

Giving is just as healthy as receiving (15:11 - 16:42)

Our society is so focused on the self, but what we haven’t been taught is that being giving and selfless actually makes us feel as good as the people we give to. The same biological mechanisms in our brains fire when we help others and give selflessly in the same fashion as if we were the recipients.

 

Even though social media often makes us feel like we exist only to please and improve ourselves, we need to be able to look outward. The mission is to make the world a better place for our children and make us all happier as people. If we can put energy into the meaningful things, our society will be stronger, more connected, and more loving.

 

Guest Bio-


Dr. Richard Shuster is a licensed clinical psychologist and the host of The Daily Helping with Dr. Richard Shuster: Food for the Brain, Knowledge from the experts, Tools to Win at Life which is regularly downloaded in over 60 countries. On his podcast, Dr. Shuster’s guests educate and inspire listeners through their stories, expertise, and passion for helping make a difference in the lives of others. His mission is to help people become the best versions of themselves and as a consequence, make the world a better place. A sought after media expert, Dr. Shuster’s clinical expertise and podcast have been featured in such publications as The Huffington Post, NBCNews.com, Glassdoor.com, Reader’s Digest, and others.

Learn more at www.thedailyhelping.com

Apr 12, 2018

Once you’ve created content that builds trust, the next step is promoting yourself-- but this can be challenging. Why is it so important to promote your business and your work? How do you get people to talk about and want to buy from you? What factors can you leverage? On this episode, I discuss why it is so critical to actually get out there and start talking about your awesome work.

Every single day, do at least one thing that promotes you and your business. -Dana Malstaff

3 Things We Learned From This Episode

  • Recognize your real estate; recognize where you have space to show what you’re selling. If you’re not leveraging the free real estate that you have, you’re missing out.
  • Pinterest is more of a long term search engine. From a visibility standpoint, you want to create a good amount of varied imagery for the main ways in which people get on your list.
  • You don’t want to send people directly to your sale pages because conversion is going to be low.
  • People need to see you 7-10 times before they buy from you.

 

Your sole job as a business owner is to sell. Without that, you can’t be profitable. Tiptoeing around the fact that you have a business doesn’t help anyone, and it won’t get you anywhere. Commit to promoting yourself. Everyday, you need to be out talking about your businesses in some way. You can do this through all sorts of content and platforms but the end goal is making sure people see you regularly so they can move towards buying from you.

Apr 10, 2018

In this information age, people get so excited about the possibilities of their ideas that they jump the gun and start in the wrong place. When you have an idea, what are the steps you need to think about? How do you avoid prematurely floundering? On this episode, idea strategist and inventor Lisa McCarthy gives insight on doing things in the right order when you have a new idea.

You need to retrain your brain to think in a positive way, even when you’re slamming through the slime. It’s about you empowering yourself. -Lisa McCarthy

 

3 Things We Learned From This Episode

 

Before you can empower anyone you have to empower yourself first (04:04 - 04:30)

A lot of us are driven by purpose and the need to make an impact on something outside of ourselves. The truth is, if you want to make an impact externally, you have to do the hard work of empowering yourself before you can do it for anyone else.

 

Be intentional and proactive about what you say to yourself (08:09 - 09:26)

We all have an inner monologue, and often we allow the message to be negative. What if you learned to drown that out with something you purposefully and intentionally chose to say to yourself? Imagine how that would change everything.

 

Plan first before taking any action on a new idea (14:20 - 15:44)

When you come up with a new idea for something, it’s so easy to get carried away that you miss the foundational steps that ensure success. To avoid this, take the time to map the details so that questions and obstacles can be anticipated.

 

When excitement and inspiration form around a new idea, we can easily forget the important details that go into executing it. Missing crucial steps can actually hinder progress, so it;s worth it to take the time to map out your ideas. Figure out “the who, what, when, where, why and how” so you have the right game plan to move forward. This will make the process of executing on an idea a lot less daunting and ultimately more effective.

 

Guest Bio

Lisa is a Strategist at Make My Idea Real and the Inventor of the Affirmations Mirror. Go to makemyideareal.com for more information or get in touch with Lisa success@makemyideareal.com.

Apr 5, 2018

If you’re a service-based business, you’re going to do a group program at some point. When do you know that you’re ready? How do know how many people you can handle in a coaching program? What is the most effective way to structure it? On this episode, I share how to get group coaching started!

 

“If all you’re doing on your group calls is teaching them stuff, then you’re not really a group coaching program. You’re just a live course.” - Dana Malstaff

 

4 Things We Learned From This Episode

  • Don’t start a group program unless you’ve coached a minimum of 10 people on a one-on-one basis.
  • People in groups feed off each other and become friends, which accentuates accountability.
  • Remember that at any given moment about 50-70% of the participants are going to really engage with you.  
  • Every group coaching program should come with at least one 1-on-1 call in the beginning of the program.

 

Group coaching is not only a way for you to touch more people at once, but also a great way to add an extra layer of accountability and relationship. How you go about your coaching is very important. In addition to teaching, it’s about listening and communicating with them to improve their lives. This is what makes you a coaching program.

Apr 3, 2018

For a lot of women, the demands of our lives make us suppress the light inside of us. Why is it so important for the world that we embrace what makes us unique? How do we step out of society’s expectations and judgments? How can we shift our thinking and choose to live in a woman’s world? On this episode, photographer and speaker Jennifer Rozenbaum is here to talk about her mission to take back femininity.

The more “you” that you can be without any shame, the more power we have as people, as women, and as a community. -Jennifer Rozenbaum

 

3 Things We Learned From This Episode

 

We don’t have to sacrifice femininity for empowerment (11:23 - 12:16)

A lot of women feel like empowerment should come at the expense of femininity, but it doesn’t have to be that way.

 

Authenticity makes the whole world better (13:05 - 13:13)

It’s critical that people live authentically and “step into their own”. Not only does this benefit the individual, it also benefits partners, children, families and the community as a whole.

 

Run into the pain. It’s worth it (14:15 - 15:06)

Stepping outside of your comfort zone is always going to be scary and a little painful, but we don’t have to shy away from it. Overcoming that pain is what makes us grow. Whether the challenge is small or large, if you don’t face it you’ll never see the beauty on the other side of the pain.

 

There’s no better time to be a woman than right now. There’s a lot of change happening and a lot more awareness, but all progress starts with women stepping into their own and being authentic without shame. We have something unique that men don’t, and we shouldn’t be stifling ourselves to live in a man’s world. There is nothing wrong with owning our femininity and choosing to run towards the pain, even when we’d rather not. Remember: skydiving might be scary, but jumping out of the plane changes everything.

 

Guest Bio
Jen Rozenbaum is a photographer and speaker putting “feminine” back in “feminist”. Jen specializes in luxury boudoir photography. She believes every woman must celebrate her unique femininity, shamelessly. Go to http://www.jenerations.com/ to learn more about her work.

Apr 2, 2018

Our use of content shouldn’t be about publishing for the sake of publishing-- it should always be strategic. Why is it so important to leverage your content to increase your authority? What are the aspects of authority that you have to earn with your audience? How does it benefit your business as a whole? On this episode, I talk about the power of making your content work for you.

If you want to build authority through your content then you have to be strategic about the content you create. -Dana Malstaff

 

3 Things We Learned

  • Have your content lead to your core paid programs. It’s about guiding people to your content and your expertise.
  • Words can work for us, against us or they can do nothing. We want them to work for us.
  • Authority is building trust, connection, and a sense that they want to know more from you.

 

If you want to build authority, content should be leveraged. You want to create and publish the kind of content that makes you the go-to source for solving the relevant problems of your audience. The mission is to make your online assets a sacred place for them that they can trust, know and connect with at a deeper level. You want them to feel led by you, such that they want to be with you. This should be the underlying goal of everything you put out.

Mar 29, 2018

Relationships are the lifeblood of people and business. How can you go about building more strategic partnerships that can be mutually beneficial? How do we decide where to put our energy when we’re developing relationships? What are some of the mistakes we make? On this episode, NJ Rongner shares on the importance of building and maintaining solid relationships for our businesses.

It’s important to have relationships that feed your soul and your life, but also help feed your business. -NJ Rongner

 

3 Things We Learned From This Episode

 

Build relationships with people who are ahead of you in business (6:10 - 6:27)

While it’s important to have relationships with people who are at a similar point in their journey, you should also look for relationships with people who are ahead of you so you can learn from them. You can do it through collaboration, an introduction, a podcast guest spot, or other ways.

Work outward from your inner circle (15:05 - 16:29)

If you want a place to start looking to build new relationships, draw a circular diagram with a bull’s eye in the center. This center represents the people you are closest to. These are people you go to for advice, people you would trust to pick up your children in your absence or people you would give your passwords to. Work your way outward with a few rings, and start thinking of the people in the outer layers. These are people you could build stronger relationships with.  

Be strategic about all your relationships (18:53 - 19:50)

Whether it’s romantic, friendship or business, you should always think about why you’re in a certain relationship and what you’re getting from it. You should also be thinking about what you give to the relationship.

 

At the end of the day, business is people-- and people are relationships. You can know and be known by many people, but you can’t have relationships with everyone. Determining which relationships are good for you comes down to the value each person brings to your life. Whether they give advice, offer support, collaborate or partner with you, our relationships can be a powerful way to grow our business and increase our spheres of influence.

Guest Bio


NJ is a Western MA Mom Blogger and the founder of A Cookie Before Dinner. Go to http://www.acookiebeforedinner.com/ to check out her work.

Mar 22, 2018

A lot of entrepreneurs feel lost in the forest of the online world of opt-ins, freebies, and content upgrades. Why is it so important to put your opt-in in the context of your larger business strategy? How do you make sure the opt-in actually converts? On this episode, I talk in-depth about 5 tactics that will help you create opt-ins that bring people through your sales funnel.

 

It’s not just about the knowledge you have. It’s about someone wanting to be in your space. -Dana Malstaff

 

3 Things We Learned

  • Don't think of an opt-in as an end result, think of it as the beginning.
  • Sales pages: stop telling people what the features are, and start telling them what the benefits are.
  • Your personality matters just as much as your content, so make sure it shines through.

 

Your opt-ins can’t just be opt-ins. They have to be part of your overall business strategy, and you have to see them as the beginning of a relationship and not the end goal. Remember: the purpose is to give a good first impression so people want to learn about and engage with you even more. It’s all about giving them a reason to want to get into your space.

Mar 20, 2018

70% of Americans don’t like their day jobs. This statistic could apply to stay-at-home moms too, not just those who work outside the home.

On this episode: speaker, author, and coach Christy Wright shares valuable insights on these topics. Why is it smart for women to create something that allows them to put their talents to good use? How important is it to step back from all the action in your business so you can actually formulate a plan? Why is it so easy to fall into the trap of all the sporadic, brilliant information that’s out there?

 

You will achieve more in life when you start by simply assuming that you can. If you assume that you can’t, you’re not even going to try. -Christy Wright

 

3 Things We Learned From This Episode

 

Always assume that you can (06:31 - 06:57)

It’s better to move through life believing that you can do whatever you set your mind to, because you will always be willing to try. If you believe you can’t, you won’t even bother to challenge yourself or try something new.

 

If you wait for permission, you’ll wait forever (07:51 - 08:11)

Before trying something new, a lot of people wait for permission from someone else or for proof that they’ll be successful. Don’t wait for these things.

 

Make sure you have a long term vision for your business (11:38 - 12:25)

If you don’t know what your vision is for your business, and you don’t give it a little thought, you’ll end up going in a direction you don’t want. You’ll also compare yourself to everyone else and start becoming someone you’re not.

 

Whether you’re an introvert or an extrovert, we all experience fear. Nothing neutralizes fear like the willingness to try something new, even if you fall flat on your face. You don’t have to be perfect or delusionally confident when you’ve never done something. You just have to be willing to give it a chance. When it comes to your business, it’s so easy to get caught up in all of the activities and tasks, but it’s crucial to make sure you actually have a plan for your business. The world is filled with lots of brilliant tidbits of information, but if it’s not organized in a plan, you might find yourself lost at the end of it all.

 

Guest Bio
Christy is an author, Certified Business Coach and a Ramsey Personality. Go to https://www.businessboutique.com/ for more information.

Mar 15, 2018

One of the ways we can help our businesses grow is being visible. Getting featured in an article or on podcast is one of the best ways to do that. What are the things you need to do? How does collaboration help you get featured more? How do you come up with your movement story? On this episode I talk about the 5 things that will increase your chances of getting featured.

 

The idea of being visible is being a very bright star, in the right place where the right people are looking. -Dana Malstaff

 

3 Things We Learned From This Episode

  • Your movement story is the story that’s going to get people to stand up and rally with you.
  • The better you know your target audience, the more you know where they will be.
  • Find your supplementers: people who add value to what you do, while you also add value to what they do.
  • Collaborate with your supplementers because you won’t feel like you’re competing with them

 

It’s hard to really move the needle on your business when you don’t have any visibility, and that’s why getting featured needs to be one of the components of your business plan. First, develop a compelling movement story. What you’ve done is what will move people to want to be a part of what you’re doing. Next, make sure you know who you’re targeting and find people you can build mutually beneficial relationships with. Be willing to collaborate and actually reach out to people.

Mar 13, 2018

We are all constantly faced with challenges in our lives, both big and small. We constantly talk about how to move past challenges, but rarely talk about how to build up the skills that allow us to be resilient in the first place. Why is resilience necessary, and how do we build it up? How can you bounce back from challenges? On this episode, speaker, author and resilience mentor, Sandra Younger joins us to talk about surviving a traumatic fire, how that built up her resilience, and how we can build ours up too.  

“We can--on our own, by our own choice-- build our resilience.” -Sandra Younger

 

3 Things We Learned From This Episode

 

Be proud of committing time to your kids 07:22 - 07:56

A lot of women who decide to stay at home and raise their children feel like they won’t be able to make up the time that could have been spent focusing on a career. You’re not going to get those years back in your career, but you’re not going to get them back with your kids either.

 

Resilience practice starts with gratitude 13:37 - 14:45

When you want to practice resilience, the very first step is to have gratitude. It is the antidote to all of our negative emotions, and it’s a big part of the healing process. It also keeps us from being stuck in resentment and a general life of misery.

 

The ComeBACK Formula 17:13 - 20:41

Be patient with the process and the pain, and believe that you can come back from it.

Accept help-- don’t think it’s weak to do so. Ask when you need it.

Choose your story. We don’t always get to choose what happens to us, but we can choose our response.

Keep moving, forgive, and lose attachment to how things need to be.  

 

Life is not easy, and we have to overcome a lot of difficult things. Resilience is something we were born with, and it gives us the ability to overcome challenges. We can open ourselves up to possibilities and opportunities on the other side of adversity or disaster, but there are steps we have to take. Practice gratitude, be patient, ask for help, choose the story you attach to an occurrence, and then keep moving forward by forgiving. We can practice all of this and build it like a muscle.

Mar 8, 2018

Many entrepreneurs spend a lot of time building up content, but they miss out on building programs people can pay for. Why is it so mission critical to have these programs? How can you go about actually creating them? On this episode, I talk about the importance of turning what you offer into something that can help you make money.

As you get better at what you do, what you know is going to be worth more. -Dana Malstaff

 

3 Things We Learned From This Episode

  • If you have opt-ins and you don’t have a structured paid program, get one together ASAP!
  • One-on-one programs are important. You always have to keep your finger on the pulse, and you can’t do that in a group.
  • At some point in your paid programs you’re going to see that there is a bell-curve where your pricing will create a new ideal client for you.

A lot of entrepreneurs think they can only start launching paid programs once they’re much bigger, but you can start now. We make money by selling things, and the things we sell must have structure. The nuances with which we deliver our programs are just as important as the kind of effort we put into marketing, words and sales pages. Whether you offer one-on-one coaching, set up a live event, or create paid content, setting up this kind of program will boost your business in a major way.

Mar 7, 2018

Our culture struggles to allow women to be simultaneously motherly and sensual. What do we get so wrong about our understanding of sexuality? What happens when your vibration rises? Why should we be willing to face pain? On this episode, I have a powerful conversation with coach Allana Pratt who shares the journey she’s taken to an open heart.

The internal always creates the external. The masks don’t work, and our strength is in our vulnerability. -Allana Pratt

 

3 Things We Learned From This Episode

 

Sexuality isn’t just sex  (07:36 - 09:00)

Our culture doesn’t know how to deal with the fact that women can be mothers and still be sexy.  We have forgotten that sexuality is literally sacred life force energy. It is sexual, creative, life force energy, and we have wrongly compartmentalized it into genital copulation.

Connect with little you (11:16 - 12:39)

So many people seek approval through touch, sex, and relationships. What makes them feel good is from the outside-in, but it should be from the inside-out. You have to mentally go inside to “little you”: the child who is alone, and scared. Learning to soothe that person is a powerful step to inner peace.

When you get to know yourself, expect a lot of changes (14:44 - 14:59)

Be warned: if you’re going to really dive in and get to know yourself, be prepared to not like every thing you have put in your life. Be ready to be strong enough to change those things.  

 

There are consequences to finding and reclaiming yourself. As you rise in your vibration, whatever is of the old vibration won’t fit anymore and will fall away. It takes great bravery and great courage to make the changes that come with a change in your vibration. That’s why it’s so important to have a solid relationship with yourself. Remember: we have to experience both joy and pain for us to truly be who we are.  There’s so much power in having communion with yourself, your truth, your body, and your heart.

Guest Bio
Allana is an intimacy expert who inspires open hearted living, with delicious sass. Featured on CBS, TLC & FOX, this cum laude graduate of Columbia University is the Author of 3 books. She’s a coach to celebrities is and the Host of the sexy empowering show “Intimate Conversations LIVE”. Go to http://allanapratt.com/ for more information.

Mar 1, 2018

On your website, a “thank you page” should be the first thing a person sees after they’ve said “Yes!” to you about something. If we fail to provide more ways to interact or connect with us, we’re missing out on huge opportunity. We want to guide people to the next step while they’re open, energetic, and excited about us.

In this episode, I’ll explain how powerful your thank you page can be, how it can help you create die-hard fans, and share some tips on exactly how to build it!

“It’s not ‘salesy’ to offer them an additional step to get closer to what they want” - Dana Malstaff

3 Things We Learned From This Episode

  • A thank you page is a great way to allow a person to continue their journey with you, especially if you have more to offer that can improve their life.
  • Don’t assume that people don’t want to dig deeper into what you have to offer.
  • Give yourself the depth and potential to have die-hard fans
  • A professional-sounding video is a great way to strike a chord emotionally, and communicate who you are in a way that text can’t.

Start the message of your page by thanking them for specifically what they did (or the form in which they said “yes” to you). Speak to their frustration, and propose an alternative. Let them know they’re in the right place, and provide the source of a solution. Setting this up in a way that resonates with your target audience is a powerful way help them find you, connect with you, and share you!

Feb 27, 2018

Trauma can be defined as something that has severe emotional consequences. Why is it sometimes so hard to identify the source of your trauma? How do techniques like EFT, NLP and hypnotherapy help people change limiting beliefs? What is the first step you can take towards mental freedom? On this episode Mindset Mentor, Jacqui Letran shares the answers to these questions and more.

 

If there’s a desire that you have to change your belief system, you can make that change incredibly fast with the right tools. -Jacqui Letran

 

3 Things We Learned From This Episode

 

  • Not all trauma is easily identifiable (09:23 - 09:35)

90% of people are wrong about the traumas that hold them back. If you’ve experienced a trauma like rape, a car accident or witnessing a death, we can clearly recognize where things changed. The difficult part is identifying when a trauma affected you when you don’t think the event was actually traumatic.

  • Change is possible and swift for the person who wants it (12:41 - 13:10)

It’s impossible to change a person’s limiting beliefs unless they really want to. If you’re equipped with the right tools and really want something different, it will happen for you.

  • Use EFT to release trapped negative energy (13:54 - 16:08)

The premise of EFT (emotional freedom technique) is that we are all made of energy, and when we have emotional trauma, it stays with us for the rest of our lives. Your mind processes information and delivers to you things that match your belief system. To break free from this, you can use methods like EFT to reset the beliefs you have stored within.

 

A lot of us give up our power and control so easily when we let past events, people and things dictate how we feel and react. You can change this by being 100% responsible for all your happiness and not giving other people permission to ruin your day or change how you feel about yourself. Breaking from negative limiting beliefs is all about changing the tapes that are playing automatically in your mind. Remember, the stories you’re replaying aren’t what’s happening right now. Your belief system can be wrong, and should be challenged. Accepting this brings you one step closer to happiness.

Guest Bio
Jacqui is a Mindset Mentor specializing in helping teens and young adults take control of their lives by taking control of their minds. Go to jacquiletran.com for more information or email author@jacquiletran.com.

Feb 22, 2018

Sales funnels are a hot topic right now, and for good reason. They are a great way to generate awareness and excitement around what you have to offer, ultimately leading people from your free content to your paid service.  

In this episode, I’m going to explain the crucial (but simple!) pieces of an effective sales funnel that you can feel good about, and will ultimately bring your audience to an easy “yes”.

 

3 Things We Learned From This Episode

  • A funnel provides a clear route for those who are a good fit for your business
  • It’s important to be engaging and give a preview as to what you’re all about.
  • You don’t have to sell people in a way that feels bad if you bring them down the nurturing cycle of a free-to-pay journey

 

A sales funnel is a streamlined way to attract the people who are right for you, while filtering out those who aren’t. A resonant “Aha!” moment combined with an easy opt-in can make the jump from “cool” to “commit” a natural progression. If you have an offering that can make a person’s life easier, getting that easy “Yes!” can be as simple as showing them the way.

Feb 20, 2018

Breaking through to new levels in your live and business require 3 elements: Discipline, Consistency and Persistency.

Misfit Entrepreneur Dave Lukas joins us to share how to take control of your life, build daily routines that work for us, and why we should all stop trying to be a jack of all trades.

Click HERE to access the show notes for this episode and don't forget to leave us a rating and review if you enjoyed the show today!

Want to make sure you never miss an episode? Hit that "subscribe" button in your favorite podcast app and click HERE to join our email family so you'll be notified whenever a new episode is released.

Thanks so much for joining us today - we heart your face!

Jan 25, 2018

In this episode I'm sharing 6 ways you can grow your business by growing your team - the right way.

Click HERE to access the show notes for this episode and don't forget to leave us a rating and review if you enjoyed the show today!

Want to make sure you never miss an episode? Hit that "subscribe" button in your favorite podcast app and click HERE to join our email family so you'll be notified whenever a new episode is released.

Thanks so much for joining us today - we heart your face!

 

Jan 23, 2018

Something I often get questions about is how to grow your team the right way at the right time in order to grow and scale your business.

After the last Boss Mom Retreat I received a message from my good friend and author Maria Dismondy who shared that following the retreat, she hired several new team members that she’d met while attending, and was already experiencing growth as a result.

So, to explore this idea of refining and growing your business by building your team I invited Maria on today’s episode to share her insights and experience, which I think you’ll find massively helpful.

Click HERE to access the show notes for this episode and don't forget to leave us a rating and review if you enjoyed the show today!

Want to make sure you never miss an episode? Hit that "subscribe" button in your favorite podcast app and click HERE to join our email family so you'll be notified whenever a new episode is released.

Thanks so much for joining us today - we heart your face!

Jan 18, 2018

Do you often find yourself frustrated when things in your business aren't working or selling, but you have no idea why?

In this episode I'm going to walk you through a process of determining where there are gaps in your sales journey and how to fix them so you can be connecting with (and converting!) the right kinds of customers.

Click HERE to access the show notes for this episode and don't forget to leave us a rating and review if you enjoyed the show today!

Want to make sure you never miss an episode? Hit that "subscribe" button in your favorite podcast app and click HERE to join our email family so you'll be notified whenever a new episode is released.

Thanks so much for joining us today - we heart your face!

Jan 16, 2018

As we continue the conversation about tweaking and refining to grow our businesses, we wanted to dive into an exploration of how to assess and improve the way we are engaging with our communities.

In this episode NJ and I are sharing some of the journey and process behind how we’ve grown the Boss Moms Facebook community, as well as some tips and strategies that you can take to tweak how you’re building and engaging with your own community.

Click HERE to access the show notes for this episode and don't forget to leave us a rating and review if you enjoyed the show today!

Want to make sure you never miss an episode? Hit that "subscribe" button in your favorite podcast app and click HERE to join our email family so you'll be notified whenever a new episode is released.

Thanks so much for joining us today - we heart your face!

Jan 11, 2018

Everything we do in our businesses should be with the intention of improving the journey we take our customers on and the experience we provide for them.

In this episode I'm sharing 5 great strategies that will help you identify the gaps that exist in your current customer experience and how to refine and improve it moving forward.

Click HERE to access the show notes for this episode and don't forget to leave us a rating and review if you enjoyed the show today!

Want to make sure you never miss an episode? Hit that "subscribe" button in your favorite podcast app and click HERE to join our email family so you'll be notified whenever a new episode is released.

Thanks so much for joining us today - we heart your face!

Jan 9, 2018

As we continue to discuss tweaking and refining to grow our businesses, part of that process is learning to be okay with reviewing our failures so we can make them better...but it's not always easy!

In this episode I'm joined by my personal life coach, Valerie Friedlander, to explore how we can assess our failures in a way that frees us to move forward and create the kind of change and growth we want to see.

Click HERE to access the show notes for this episode and don't forget to leave us a rating and review if you enjoyed the show today!

Want to make sure you never miss an episode? Hit that "subscribe" button in your favorite podcast app and click HERE to join our email family so you'll be notified whenever a new episode is released.

Thanks so much for joining us today - we heart your face!

Jan 4, 2018

As business owners there are a million and one different things we can spend our time doing in an effort to grow and scale our businesses.

The problem is, when we're doing a million and one different things to grow, the opposite usually ends up happening.

In this episode I'm sharing the #1 thing you can do to experience the kind of growth you want in your business this year (hint: it involves doing less, not more!)

Click HERE to access the show notes for this episode and don't forget to leave us a rating and review if you enjoyed the show today!

Want to make sure you never miss an episode? Hit that "subscribe" button in your favorite podcast app and click HERE to join our email family so you'll be notified whenever a new episode is released.

Thanks so much for joining us today - we heart your face!

Jan 2, 2018

To kick off the new year and a brand new 6-week series all about growing your business through tweaking and refining, I am talking with Kelsey Van Kirk from Simply, Life on Purpose all about how to clarify the "why" behind your business so you can move forward with focus in 2018.

Click HERE to access the show notes for this episode and don't forget to leave us a rating and review if you enjoyed the show today!

Want to make sure you never miss an episode? Hit that "subscribe" button in your favorite podcast app and click HERE to join our email family so you'll be notified whenever a new episode is released.

Thanks so much for joining us today - we heart your face!

Dec 28, 2017

As you prepare to ring in a brand new year, take a few minutes to tune and consider these 5 things you can do to really finish strong before moving forward in your business. Let's not let things fizzle out....keep rolling, and make it happen!

Dec 27, 2017

Lisa Woodruff is a home organization expert, productivity specialist and author of The Mindset of Organization: Take Back Your House One Phase at a Time, and How ADHD Affects Home Organization.

She believes organization is not a skill you are born with, but rather a skill that is developed over time and changes with each season of life.

In this episode we are exploring the mindset behind organization, as well as how we become who we are, why we do the things we do, and how the way we organize our things affects our lives and businesses.

I think you'll walk away feeling motivated and inspired to dig in an get organized going into 2018. Enjoy!

Dec 21, 2017

What do you think your life and business would look like if you began focusing on managing your energy instead of just managing your time?

In this Nurture Your Business segment I am exploring how learning to understand, honor, and manage your energy well is the true key to effective time management, and ultimately, a more fulfilling and productive life.

Dec 20, 2017

We are all parents just trying to do our best to raise great kids, right? Well what if I told you that you could do just that by being a little more intentional about the books you are choosing to read with your kids?

In this episode I'm joined by my amazing friend Samantha Munoz, who is a mother, wife, engineer, bibliophile, avid coffee drinker, and also the expert kid’s lit curator at Addison Reads, author of The Intentional Bookshelf and founder of The Intentional Book Club.

Sam's mission is to help parents as they search for the perfect books for their little ones and to help moms and dads build a library with purpose as they endeavor to parent with purpose.

Dec 14, 2017

As entrepreneurs we daily battle shiny object syndrome and the barrage of ideas that are constantly popping up in our creative little minds.

This presents a problem when we have limited time and resources! How do we know what to focus on and how to actually get the important stuff done?

In today's episode I'm joined by the lovely Ashley Gartland, a wife, mom of two spirited little girls, and life and business coach who works with entrepreneurs and creatives to help them simplify their business so they can experience more growth and fulfillment in their work and find more freedom in their life.

 

Ashley is passionate about helping women drop the cookie cutter approaches and instead grow their business their way through the lens of simplicity, and she is about to drop some serious golden nuggets so - let's jump in!

Dec 12, 2017

Networking is something we hear about often as business owners, but many of us are scared by.

The thought of asking to be friends with someone or asking for help from someone can be totally intimidating.

But, networking can lead to some of the best kind of growth for your business and is one fear that I highly encourage you work toward overcoming.

In this episode we are exploring what it means to network strategically, and some practical tips for making it happen as you go into a new year ready to do new things in your business.

Dec 8, 2017

This year is rapidly drawing to a close, and we are just weeks away from welcoming a new year, which means it's time to start mapping out what our game plan is going to be for 2018.

We all have our planners, and our Trello boards, and our notebooks, etc, to manage our projects, daily tasks, and checklists.

But have you taken the time to make an annual calendar and plan for your business?

In this episode we are going to explore what exactly that means, why you need one, and where exactly to start.

Nov 30, 2017

In case you hadn't noticed, Amazon is kind of all the rage these days - for both consumers and businesses.

Today my friend Kathleen Kobel and I are chatting all about how easy it can be to grow your business and make more money by leveraging the power of Amazon.

Kathleen is an Amazon expert seller and consultant who helps small businesses grow their brands and scale their sales by selling products on Amazon.

Her mission is to help business owners increase their visibility, trust factor and profits by selling on a marketplace full of customers ready to buy.

Sound like you? Let's dive in!

Nov 28, 2017

When you don’t love what you do or how you’re spending your time and your life, it is really hard to find happiness and fulfillment.

 

Whether you’ve already started a business or are working for someone else there are questions you need to ask yourself and things you need to process through in order to ensure you’re continually doing work you love.

 

In this episode, I’m chatting with Robin Kegerise, a coach and entrepreneur who supports moms in establishing careers on their own terms, careers in which they utilize their talents, have flexibility in their schedules, and make good income.

 

She specializes in supporting moms during transitions in order explore options and make thoughtful, informed career decisions that are in line with their values, while helping them figure out how to "make it work" when it comes to having a fulfilling career and raising a flourishing family.

Nov 23, 2017

Do you ever struggle with knowing what exactly should come next in your business?

 

Do you find yourself getting easily distracted with shiny object syndrome and losing focus?

 

So often as entrepreneurs we waste our time on things that don't ultimately move our businesses forward, and keep us stuck in places of indecision. 

 

In this episode I'm going to break down 5 specific steps to take in order to figure out what you should be focusing and working on next in your business.

Nov 21, 2017

Learning the business skills necessary to make a living doing what you love as an artist can be a real challenge, but today's guest is turning the "starving artist" myth on its head and sharing how she has done just that.

 

Kerstin Pressler is a fine artist, living a creative life for nearly a decade, and a mentor to visual creatives that strive to live their creative passion without suffering financially.

 

She is a role model to visual creatives that seek to combine their creative passion with entrepreneurialism, and when she's not working on one of her artworks or taking care of her amazing creative clients, she's out and about exploring nature with her son and husband.

 

In this episode we are going to talk about how to take your creativity and talents and actually turn them into a legitimate business, so if you're having a hard time infusing your passion into your business logistically, this one will be a must-listen!

Nov 16, 2017

For many of us in business, thinking and talking about numbers can be scary and confusing (so we try to ignore it all!) But here's the truth: business is all about numbers....people, and numbers.

If you're trying to run a successful business, it's essential that you learn to embrace digging into your numbers so you can achieve your goals and get to where you want to go.

I promise, it doesn't have to be as scary as it seems, and in this episode I'm walking you through some exercises pulled right from my signature Raising Your Business program to help you determine your value, your prices, how many hours you need to work, and so much more.

Let's dig in!

Nov 14, 2017

Have you discovered your sweet spot in business yet? That's a pretty loaded question, and one that many people would probably answer "no" to if they are being honest.

 

Finding your sweet spot is really important, but it doesn't have to be as complicated as it can seem.

 

In this episode we're diving into what exactly finding your "sweet spot" means, and how to go about finding yours if you're feeling a little lost.

Nov 9, 2017

Every business owner knows that they will need certain tools to run their businesses successfully and effectively. But, for many of us, it can be a struggle to find the right tools that actually meet the needs and demands of our growing businesses.

 

If you've ever felt a little lost in the sea of figuring out what tools you should be using for your business (and which ones you shouldn't!) I'm dishing on some of my personal experience that's helped me learn to make better decisions for myself and my business when it comes to choosing tools.

 

Nov 7, 2017

Every now and then you come across those people who just totally blow the socks off of you because of how darn awesome they are, and today's guest, Ashleigh Blatt, is absolutely one of those people!

 

Self-described money maker for celebrities and high net worth entrepreneurs, Ashleigh came out of her behind-the-scenes role to the forefront as the Chief Curator & Master Motivator within The Power Squad Project, an email community for women entrepreneurs who want to connect with like-minded women entrepreneurs interested in building a giant business that gives them freedom, a challenge and an impact on the world.

 

This episode is great for anyone looking for motivation, inspiration, and practical tactics to be bold, get clients, get what you want, and do what you want.

Nov 2, 2017

Sometimes thinking about how to map out a content strategy might feel a little scary and overwhelming - I get it! But it's really not as complex as you might think. In this episode I'm sharing some juicy insight that will help you find focus and clarity, create less, and generate more business through the strategic content you do create.

Oct 31, 2017

Do you consider yourself a "heart-centered" business owner, with a passion for sharing your ideas and talents with the world?

 

Do you ever struggle with moving your ideas to successful implementation, knowing (and charging!) what your work is worth, or growing your business from a place of purpose, sustainability and profitability?

 

If so, know that you are not alone and you are going to LOVE this episode as I'm joined by the one and only Reina Pomeroy, Owner and Founder of Reina + Co, the Life + Biz Success Coaching® Practice for creatives who are right brained and heart centered.

 

Reina also co-hosts the Creative Empire Podcast where she interviews leaders in the creative industry, and as a Certified Professional Co-Active Coach with over 1,500 hours of coaching under her belt, she specializes in helping her clients stop spinning their wheels and take action on what’s most important.

Oct 26, 2017

In this episode I'm joined by the amazing Samantha Skelly to talk about how to identify what we're truly hungry for in our lives and how to start honoring ourselves and our bodies by ending the battle with food and body image. This one is SO chock full of amazing awesomeness and I think it might just change your life - so let's dive in!

Oct 24, 2017

In this episode I'm joined by the fun and magnetic Jereshia Hawk for an amazing conversation on how to leverage your skills, experiences and ideas to create multiple streams of income that lead to financial flexibility and a lasting legacy.

Oct 23, 2017

This week I wrapped up our second Boss Mom Retreat in Charlotte, NC with dozens of incredible, powerful, beautiful women doing amazing things in their lives and businesses.

 

I'm exhausted, but completely inspired and invigorated because of the connections and experiences we all had together...it makes me excited to keep pushing forward.

 

On the way home my good friend Kelsey Murphy and I decided to celebrate with a little wine and a few movies, and in this episode I'm sharing some impactful takeaways from both the retreat and the couple of movies we watched that I think just might change the way you think about life and business from this moment on.

Oct 17, 2017

As business owners there are about a million different things we could be doing at any given moment, and too often we may find ourselves crippled by the weight of decision fatigue and perfectionism that cause us to never take the right kind of action in our businesses.

 

In this episode NJ and I are exploring the idea of implementation, why it's necessary to build and grow your business, and how to successfully implement what you need to in your business to reach your goals.

 

If you've ever struggled to dig in and make the right things happen in your business, you're not alone - and these 5 key secrets will help you learn to implement in your business like a BOSS.

Oct 12, 2017

For those of you who aren't with us in Charlotte for the Boss Mom Retreat I hope you'll enjoy this epic conversation with my friend Michael O’Neal of The Solopreneur Podcast about how to leverage conferences the right way.

 

Michael is someone who pretty much has been to everything I can think of, knows everyone I can think of, has a podcast with like 10 million downloads, and is kind of a thing (trust me!) He's sharing 7 best practices for approaching, experiencing and leveraging conferences and live events to your best advantage, so grab a pen and paper and let's dive in!

Oct 10, 2017

In this episode I'm joined by Pamela Gold, Founder of Gold Evolution and Author of Find More Strength: 5 Pillars to Unlock Unlimited Power and Happiness about how to really live in pursuit of your best life by building inner strength and cultivating inner peace.

 

If you're ready to let go of stress and experience more happiness, peace and fulfillment in your relationships, work, and so much more, pop your earbuds in and enjoy this conversation!

Oct 6, 2017

If you've been a fan of the Boss Mom podcast for any length of time you've probably noticed I'm a big fan of all the funny things in life.

 

I believe that incorporating humor into our lives and businesses bonds us together and increases our happiness, which is why I'm SO exciting to be joined by my friend KT Speetzen, Founder of Mother Cluckers Comedy, to chat about how to use humor to grow your business.

 

Whether you're the kind of gal who laughs at her own jokes, or thinks she doesn't have a funny bone in her body, you're sure to learn something by tuning into this episode!

Oct 4, 2017

In this episode I'm joined by PJ Jonas, Founder of Goat Milk Stuff and Host of The Busy Mom's Survival Guide Podcast, to talk all about her unlikely journey into entrepreneurship and how to be intentional about creating a family legacy through your business. (Did I mention she has EIGHT kids and homeschools??) She has so much wisdom to share so don't wait another minute to tune in!

Sep 28, 2017

Sometimes as women, parents and entrepreneurs we need a fresh perspective to help us find what we need to move forward in life and business. Oftentimes we pay lots of money to coaches and masterminds to help us gain that perspective…but what if we could learn big, life-changing things from movies? In this episode I’m sharing five must-see movies that I think might just change your life and perspective as a mom entrepreneur (and at the very least, give you an enjoyable evening with a glass of wine!) Click here to check out the show notes for this episode.

Sep 21, 2017

In this episode I'm sharing 3 juicy reasons why so many launches fail so you can make sure you don't do them the next time you plan to launch something! To access the show notes mentioned, click here.

Sep 19, 2017

Sometimes life and business can take interesting turns, and in this episode I'm talking with the lovely Jenny Stemmerman, creator of the Your Life Rocks podcast, all about how to find and embrace success in surprising places!

 

Jenny describes herself as a "recovering workaholic" who spent over a decade climbing up the corporate ladder while the rest of her life took the back burner and fell completely out of balance. She decided to make a change in her life, create systems to help her create more balance, and now she is passionate about teaching those systems to other Christian working moms through her company, Your Life Rocks, while also running an escape room (yes, seriously!) in Oregon with her husband.

Sep 14, 2017

In this episode we're dishing up some seriously helpful tips and strategies for creating and launching successful offerings in your business. If you've struggled to have successful launches or want to make sure you do it right the first time, this one is a must-listen!

Sep 14, 2017

If you're not yet familiar with Pat Flynn, Creator & Host of the Smart Passive Income podcast, this episode is going to give you a lightening fast introduction to who he is, what he stands for and how knowing him has personally and professional left a lasting impact on me.

 

In this episode I'm sharing five specific things I've learned from the example Pat has set as an entrepreneur, a husband, a dad and a human being in general. I hope you'll glean some helpful wisdom yourself and encourage you to go like, listen and follow along with Pat - your life and your business will be better for it, guaranteed!

 

To access the show notes for this episode, click here.

Sep 12, 2017

In this episode NJ and I are joined by Laura Roeder, the Founder & CEO of Edgar, a revolutionary social media scheduling tool that changed the way business owners are able to share social media content.

 

During our conversation you'll hear all about Laura's journey to starting her company, becoming a mom and how using innovation to solve problems can be so powerful in growing your business and changing the world.

Sep 7, 2017

In this Nurture Your Business segment I decided to bring in my personal life coach Valerie Friedlander, Founder of The Unlimited Mom, to talk about how sometimes you need to think outside the box when it comes to how you're investing in yourself and your business.

 

I truly credit my work with Valerie with helping me make valuable discoveries and learn to honor myself, my family and my business through a difficult year filled with many challenges, which you'll hear all about in this episode.

Sep 6, 2017

In this episode I'm joined by the amazing ladies from the All Up In Your Lady Business Podcast to chat about the importance of developing a personal brand and how to leverage it to gain visibility and grow your business. To check out the show notes for this episode click here.

Aug 31, 2017

Whether you're brand new to business or you've been in business awhile, figuring out what to offer your clients and customers can be a challenge.

 

In this episode I'm going to break down some practical tips and wisdom based on experience for mapping out what should come next for you and your business.

Aug 29, 2017

In this episode we're talking all about how to create offline business connections and leverage your business in offline settings in order to grow.

Aug 29, 2017

In this episode we're talking all about whether or not to leverage your Facebook group (or Facebook groups in general) to grow your business, and if so, how to go about doing it properly without coming across as "salesy."

Aug 22, 2017

In this episode I'm joined by the amazing Natalie Eckdahl, Founder of the Biz Chix Podcast, and we are chatting all about hosting and leveraging live events to connect with your community and grow your business.

 

If you've been thinking about hosting a live event of your own, or you're interested in hearing more about what goes on behind the scenes of planning live events, this one is a must-listen for sure.

Aug 17, 2017

Does selling in your business feel scary or uncomfortable? If so, know that you're not alone. This is something I hear all the time from my clients and community, so in this episode I am going to share a little bit of money mindset wisdom that I hope will help you begin to reframe how you think and feel about both money and selling.

Aug 16, 2017

Something that is usually a universal challenge for moms everywhere is getting our kids to sleep. That’s why I’m so pumped about this bonus episode because I’m joined by Susie Parker, founder of Baby Sleep Love and Certified Sleep Consultant, and she’s answering all of my questions about how to get our kids to sleep and do the right things without feeling bad about doing it. She covers how to figure out what works and what doesn’t for you and your kids and talking with her really left me feeling understood and encouraged.

Aug 15, 2017

Some of the greatest things in history have been the product of collaborations done well: peanut butter and jelly, macaroni and cheese, Jay-Z and Beyoncé....well, you get the idea!

 

In this episode NJ and I are chatting all about the power of collaborations, how to find the right ones for you, and how to choose them based on your priorities in your business.

 

If you're ready for more collaborations in your life or to start engaging in better collaborations, this one is a must-listen.

Aug 10, 2017

Sometimes when we need clarity in our lives and business, the first place we should look isn’t somewhere external, but rather the experiences we’ve been through personally in our own lives. In this episode I’m going to share a very personal story and how going through that experience led me to see my business and approach my business in an entirely different way. It led to me recognizing the value and importance of honoring the things we create in our businesses by giving them time, space and single-minded focus, and how we can truly begin to grow our businesses more by doing less.

Aug 8, 2017

Since the beginning of time, people have been asking themselves questions like, "Who am I? Why am I that way? What am I here for?" and as Boss Moms our answers to these questions play a huge part in both how we live our lives and run our businesses.

 

In today's episode I'm so excited to invite you into this awesome conversation about finding your soul language, with Laura Greco, a coach for women who are ready for a more conscious, connected, and soulful way to raise their children.

 

Laura stands the overstretched business mom, who wants to create growth, ease and peace for herself and her whole family through a more confident, intuitive approaching to life, parenting and business.

Aug 3, 2017

In case you haven't noticed, several big, successful online entrepreneurs have been shutting down their big, successful Facebook groups left and right lately. (Don't worry, the Boss Moms Facebook group isn't going anywhere!)

But it begs the question....could Facebook groups be dead?? In this episode I'm sharing why I think Facebook groups are totally still alive and well, and how you can leverage the power of a well-run Facebook group to successfully gain visibility, create community and grow your business.

 

Listen + subscribe on iTunes // Stitcher

 

 

In This Episode You’ll Hear:

  • The pros and cons (I'm being totally honest here!) about running a Facebook group
  • Why Facebook groups can be integral to cultivating a thriving community and movement behind your business
  • The #1 most important thing to make sure you do when starting or growing your group
  • Common mistakes business owners make when trying to run Facebook groups
  • Practical tips for starting (or growing) your own Facebook group
  • How we grew the Boss Moms Facebook group to over 20K in less than a year and a half

 

Referenced in the Show:

 

Sponsor Spotlight: Boss Mom Retreat

This epic event taking place October 15-16th in Charlotte, NC is specifically for all Boss Moms (or Future Boss Moms!) looking to raise and nurture their businesses and families at the same time.

 

Just imagine a mastermind, a spa day and a dance party all had a baby and that would be this event…trust me, it’ll be unlike anything you’ve ever experienced!

 

The Boss Mom Retreat isn’t a conference, but is actually a place for you to connect and engage with other amazing Boss Moms while working ON your business and moving it forward.

 

Whether you have a product or service based business, or you have local or online clients, this retreat will help you gain clarity and confidence in your business….not to mention make friends, find clients and have a total blast!

 

Click here to register today before tickets sell out.

 

 

Connect with Dana

 

 

We love hearing from you!

If you’ve got a question about today’s episode or want to leave us some inbox love, you can email us at hello@boss-mom.com. Or, you can always find Dana hanging out in her happy place, the Boss Mom Facebook Community. 

 

We would also LOVE it if you’d leave a podcast rating or review for us on iTunes! We know it can be kind of tricky to figure out, so here are a few step-by-step instructions on how to leave an iTunes rating or review for a podcast from your iPhone or iPad.

  1. Launch Apple’s Podcast app.
  2. Tap the Search tab.
  3. Enter the name of the podcast you want to rate or review.
  4. Tap the blue Search key at the bottom right.
  5. Tap the album art for the podcast.
  6. Tap the Reviews tab.
  7. Tap Write a Review at the bottom.
  8. Enter your iTunes password to login.
  9. Tap the Stars to leave a rating.
  10. Enter title text and content to leave a review.
  11. Tap Send.

Aug 1, 2017

Networking has often gotten a bad rep in the world of business for being slimy or disingenuous, and for all you introverts out there, likely makes you want to jump out of your skin.

 

But in today's episode NJ and I are diving into a discussion about the new world of networking, why networking can be a powerful propeller for your business, and how to approach it strategically so you can effectively grow your business.

Jul 27, 2017

As a business owner (and a human being in general) it's natural to desire to be respected. But it's important that we are mindful of how we're garnering the respect we receive. 

 

I recently heard the question, "do you demand respect or command respect" and I just love it. the two words seem pretty similar, but there are some distinct differences that I'm going to walk through in this episode today.

Jul 25, 2017

Do you self care? Do you think you self care well? As parents and entrepreneurs we often think of ourselves last, which means that our personal self care often comes last.

 

And I'm not just talking manicures and pedicures. I'm talking about how we're taking care of our bodies, minds and souls - how we're treating ourselves.

 

Today I'm joined by the lovely Erin Kendall, an American Council on Exercise Certified Personal Trainer with 2 little toddlers at home.

 

While juggling a household, two kids, three pets and maintaining a little sense of self she hopes to bring a ray of hope and sunshine to other busy moms through her company, Fit Mom Go.

 

Erin has been a personal trainer since 2009 and works with clients in person, online and maintains a community of other Fit Moms through an easy to follow workout program!

Jul 20, 2017

Influencer marketing is an industry that has grown leaps and bounds over the years as online business and e-commerce have boomed, so today I want to talk about the "new"world of influencer marketing and how you can leverage it to build both your community and your business.

Jul 18, 2017

In this episode we are talking about a few of the tools we use and love to systemize and streamline collaborating with other people in both our lives and businesses. If you've ever wished that collaborating weren't so complicated or overwhelming, be sure to tune in!

Jul 13, 2017

My new book, Confessions of a Boss Mom (which just hit #1 on Amazon for Motivational Self Help!)  is what inspired this episode, and I think it’s something that’s important to talk about because it’s something that doesn’t impact just us, but also everyone else around us.

 

This is a quick, fundamental episode touching on a key way I think we should approach life, that I think will make a difference in how we feel about ourselves, how we feel about others, how we raise our children, and how we engage in our businesses.

Jul 11, 2017

As many of you know, I'm currently in the thralls of getting certified in an appreciative inquiry program through L.E.A.F and it's all about owning and leveraging your strengths, in life and business.

 

It focuses on the idea that when we leverage our strengths together that they outweigh the weaknesses in our systems, personalities and what we put out into the world.

 

Instead of measuring where we are weak, what if we started measuring where we are strong and focusing more of our attention there?

 

Well, my guest on the podcast this week cares an awful lot about your strengths and I'm so pumped to share this episode with you.

 

Alissa Daire Nelson is an accomplished speaker, author, podcaster and Certified Strengths Strategy Coach, but more than anything else she's an exceedingly proud wife and mother of two, who loves helping others discover how to make their businesses and relationships thrive in harmony.

 

Let’s stop measuring where we are weak, and instead measure where we are strong. That’s how we should be seeing our capabilities and our opportunities, not from where we’re failing and what we need to fix, but from how to do more of what we’re doing well and excelling at.

 

No matter who you are or where you’re at in your business, this episode will be relevant to you and it might just shift the way you think about yourself, your business and the place you’re at in the world, in a way that could be more beneficial and productive for you.

Jul 7, 2017

In this episode I'm breaking down a core element from my latest book, Confessions of a Boss Mom, which is all about knowing your circles of understanding to know how to leverage the connections and relationships in your life.

 

Understanding this concept will literally change how you see the world and do life and business, so jump in, grab and pen and piece of paper to take notes, and don't forget to check out the new Confessions of a Boss Mom book for even more juicy goodness just like this.

Jun 30, 2017

Growing up and as a young adult, my dad was always telling me to "dress for the job you want." And honestly, I was always pretty resistant to it.

 

But years later, I've come to believe that this phrase is one of the most important phrases to live by and embrace as entrepreneurs.

 

In this episode I'm going to share why I changed my mind about this particular phrase, and how I think you can apply it to how you're living life and doing business.

Jun 29, 2017

Over the years I've learned that so many boss moms out there have issues surrounding money and how to grow a profitable business.

 

That's why I'm beyond pumped about our guest today, the amazing Hilary Hendershoot, host of Profit Boss Radio, a weekly podcast for women and money.

 

Hilary has an MBA, is a Certified Financial Planner, a TedX speaker and has been featured in the Wall Street Journal, NBC, ABC, FOX, DailyWorth, Forbes and Investopedia.

 

She was recognized as a Top 40 Under 40 Entrepreneur in Silicon Valley, and with more than 30 television appearances, she’s the go-to personal finance expert in Silicon Valley for the NBC evening news where they call her "The Investor's Voice of Reason."

 

We have a really fun, really interesting conversation all about business, money, mindset, program development and so much more, so get ready to dive in and have a freaking blast learning how to be a profit boss!

Jun 26, 2017

Are you someone that struggles to be disciplined in your business when it comes to following through on the things that will really move you forward? In this episode we are exploring how to apply the same principles for teaching your children discipline, to learning to be disciplined in your business.

Jun 23, 2017

Recently we unveiled the brand new Boss Mom Website, including a fabulous new resources page created to help you clarify which tools you need and when you need them, depending on where exactly you are in your business.

 

As your business, products and services morph and grow, the tools you need will likely change too, but figuring out how they should change and in what order you should start and stop using tools can be tricky to figure out.

 

In this episode I'm going to help you gain confidence in choosing the best tools for where you're at and help you feel good about the money you're spending, by breaking down six questions to ask yourself when making these decisions.

Jun 22, 2017

Facebook ads are something we all know we’ll need to use at some point in our business journey, but it can be really challenging to figure them out because we either don’t have someone showing us the way OR they just aren’t our jam.

 

Well, if Facebook ads have ever had you crying on the bathroom floor, you’re going to love this episode because I’m joined by the lovely Becky Burgess, owner of Splash Owl Media, a social media marketing agency specializing in Facebook, and she’s providing tons of answers to the loads of questions I threw her way (that I’m sure you’ve been wondering yourself too!)

 

Jun 20, 2017

For many of us Boss Moms, figuring out how to get work done while our kids are at home is a daily reality (and no easy feat!) In this episode NJ and I are discussing strategies and tips for actually being productive and getting things done while the kids are home for a sick day, a snow day, a summer, or all the time.

Jun 16, 2017

Raise your hand if you're one of those entrepreneurs who constantly has a barrage of ideas flowing through your brain at any given moment? I can totally relate, which is why I'm diving into the topic of how to handle having all those ideas without letting them clog up your brain and productivity.

Jun 15, 2017

For the first time ever I am welcoming a repeat guest onto the podcast because we were recently talking about something that I just knew you ladies needed to hear.

 

In this episode I'm joined by the lovely Samantha Rodgers from Eating Clean, Cooking Dirty about strategies and tactics to literally save and create more time in your life.

 

This one is relevant to anyone, and everyone, so be sure to tune in and share it far and wide!

Jun 13, 2017

So often there are things we will experience as Boss Moms that might trigger some guilt. Those times when you catch yourself enjoying your business more than your family....that'll do it!

 

But we believe this subject is totally normal and shouldn't be taboo, so we're diving right in and opening up a conversation about what to do and how to deal with those times where you're more excited about your business than about your family.

Jun 9, 2017

One of the toughest things as an entrepreneur, especially one who is just starting out, is figuring out what the heck to create or offer.

With a million awesome ideas swirling around in our heads, we want to do #allthethings. But it's super important to make sure you're building your business in the right order so you can grow most effectively.

In this episode I'm going to walk you through the 3 main things you need to know before creating your programs, and the 3-phase process you need to move through when creating your offerings.

Jun 8, 2017

In this episode I’m joined by Julie Ford, a certified coach, trainer and author of Creating Time & Energy, a workbook that supports “crazy busy” working parents so they can live more “intentionally full” lives and enjoy every stage before the kids leave the nest ready to live well.

 

Throughout our conversation, you’ll hear Julie share her unique journey through Boss Mom life, how she learned to roll with the punches and make lemonade from lemons, and how she’s funneling her passions into helping women just like you and me create more time and energy for the things that matter in life.

Jun 6, 2017

When it comes to talking to your spouse, significant other, accountant, team or anyone else about your business, finances and all the things that are working and not working, you might feel like crying and you might not want to do it.

 

We are going to talk today about how to have the tough conversations (and not cry!) because it's an important skill to develop and takes both intention and practice. 

Jun 2, 2017

In this episode I'm going to dive into four core concepts from a beloved children's book, The Pout Pout Fish, that can totally be applied to learning how to build and run successful businesses.

Jun 1, 2017

In this episode I'm joined by video and YouTube strategist Trena Little, whose passion is helping online business owners create a video content strategy that works for their business.

 

Being a busy business owner herself, Trena understands the importance of making video simple and painless, but effective and lasting.

 

I just love that she describes her Youtube videos as being her "sales team" and they do the heavy lifting for free (seriously, how cute is that?!)

 

By the end of our chat together, you'll hear it become really clear to me that I want to jump in with Youtube (pssst, Boss Mom TV anyone?!) and whether you're already doing video in your business or not, I know you'll walk away with some valuable tips and strategies to leverage Youtube in your business.

May 30, 2017

We are nearly halfway through this year, so NJ and I thought it would be the perfect time to revisit the goals we set at the start of the year.

Doing check-ins with yourself and your goals is a brilliant way to keep yourself on track, reign yourself back in if you've gotten off track, and it can help you see all the progress that has been made, even if you're still feeling like there's a long way to go still.

May 26, 2017

Have you ever noticed how easy it is to find yourself in a sales funnel without realizing it? It happens to us all the time. We grab on to that thing that sounded great and we wanted, and all of a sudden we find ourselves in a funnel!

 

While sales funnels can sometimes feel scary, and have gotten a bad name at times, funnels are actually a beautiful thing when approached correctly. 

 

In this episode I'm joined by Dawn Marrs of Marrs Marketing and we are chatting all about how to navigate your way through funnels and create funnels that work - for you and your ideal customers!

May 25, 2017

To celebrate another year of making my way around the sun, I thought it would be fun to reflect on and share the 10 best pieces of advice I can think of that sum up how I live my life and why I think we've been able to create so much success with Boss Mom. So, here it is....all my juicy bits of wisdom, downloaded just for you!

May 23, 2017

In today's highly socialized culture, it can feel like system overload trying to figure out how, when and where to leverage the power of live social media for your business. But, we know we're supposed to do it....right?

 

Well, in this episode NJ and I are sharing a little about how we approach "going live" in our businesses and a few practical bits of wisdom and strategy to help you figure out how to incorporate live broadcasting into your overall business plan with a little more ease.

May 18, 2017

For this Nurture Your Business segment I decided to bring in the lovely Monica Froese, Founder of Redefining Mom and Creator of Busy Moms Building and Pin Practical to chat all about Pinterest strategy!

 

This is not an area of expertise for me personally, but Pinterest is totally a tool that can be invaluable to you and your business, so I wanted to bring in someone with a wealth of knowledge and expertise in leveraging the platform effectively.

 

In This Episode You'll Hear:

 

  • How Monica got her start using Pinterest and why she's chosen to focus so much energy on leveraging the platform to grow her business
  • The keys to implementing a successful Pinterest strategy (ie: being consistent, using good SEO, creating clickable images, etc)
  • How to convert your Pinterest traffic into email list subscribers and paying customers
  • All about Monica's Pinterest masterclass, Pin Practical, which she is offering an awesome 25% off discount code when you purchase using this link.

 

Referenced in the Show:

 

Connect with Dana & Monica

 

 

We love hearing from you!

 

If you’ve got a question about today’s episode or want to leave us some inbox love, you can email us at hello@boss-mom.com. Or, you can always find Dana hanging out in her happy place, the Boss Mom Facebook Community. 

 

We would also LOVE it if you’d leave a podcast rating or review for us on iTunes! We know it can be kind of tricky to figure out, so here are a few step-by-step instructions on how to leave an iTunes rating or review for a podcast from your iPhone or iPad.

 

  1. Launch Apple’s Podcast app.
  2. Tap the Search tab.
  3. Enter the name of the podcast you want to rate or review.
  4. Tap the blue Search key at the bottom right.
  5. Tap the album art for the podcast.
  6. Tap the Reviews tab.
  7. Tap Write a Review at the bottom.
  8. Enter your iTunes password to login.
  9. Tap the Stars to leave a rating.
  10. Enter title text and content to leave a review.
  11. Tap Send.
May 18, 2017

In this episode I am chatting with Monica Froese all about the realities of being a working mom, the plethora of things that need to be changed in corporate company culture and how women can create better work arrangements for themselves and their families.

 

Monica Froese is a mom, wife, author, and entrepreneur with an MBA degree in finance and a wildly popular blog, Redefining Mom, that she writes to empower working moms to find flexible work arrangements.

 

She has traveled to the White House to discuss family-friendly workplace policies and helps moms find their version of balance through building online businesses and escape the 9-5.

 

Monica has a wealth of knowledge to share and this conversation ended up being such a cool back and forth dialogue about both of our corporate experiences, and how we can all play a part in changing the game for working moms everywhere.

 

In This Episode You'll Hear:

  • How experiencing postpartum PTSD from a traumatic birth and being expected back at work fueled Monica's passion for empowering working women, and her desire to work for herself, on her terms.
  • How she got her first big "break" that ended up getting her invited to the White House to participate in a Working Families roundtable event honoring people who have made a difference in the country for family-friendly policy.
  • Why and how she has chosen to structure her life and business in a way that works for her

 

Referenced in the Show:

 

(Just FYI, some of these links may be affiliate links, which means if you make a purchase using the links I may receive some love in return!)

 

Connect with Dana & Monica

 

 

We love hearing from you!

 

If you’ve got a question about today’s episode or want to leave us some inbox love, you can email us at hello@boss-mom.com. Or, you can always find Dana hanging out in her happy place, the Boss Mom Facebook Community. 

 

We would also LOVE it if you’d leave a podcast rating or review for us on iTunes! We know it can be kind of tricky to figure out, so here are a few step-by-step instructions on how to leave an iTunes rating or review for a podcast from your iPhone or iPad.

 

  1. Launch Apple’s Podcast app.
  2. Tap the Search tab.
  3. Enter the name of the podcast you want to rate or review.
  4. Tap the blue Search key at the bottom right.
  5. Tap the album art for the podcast.
  6. Tap the Reviews tab.
  7. Tap Write a Review at the bottom.
  8. Enter your iTunes password to login.
  9. Tap the Stars to leave a rating.
  10. Enter title text and content to leave a review.
  11. Tap Send.

 

 

May 16, 2017

In this episode we are having a little bit of fun diving in to answer the question, "What would you have done differently?"

 

We're talking life, business and beyond as we let you in on the things we've learned over the years as boss moms and how we would have done things differently to produce different outcomes.

 

Referenced in the Show:

 

(Just FYI, some of these links may be affiliate links, which means if you make a purchase using the links I may receive some love in return!)

 

Sponsor Spotlight: Trello

 

Have you been introduced you to what I call my “work wife” yet? If not, let me make the introduction. Meet Trello– the magical unicorn of amazingness that allows me to run my life, business and team with ease without completely and totally losing my mind (what’s left of it anyway).

 

I believe every person with a life, home and business needs an awesome (and free!) place to manage their projects, schedules, homes and teams and keep everything important in their lives in one central spot that can be revisited time and time again while giving access to anyone else that needs it.

 

I love and believe in Trello so much that I created a super amazing, in-depth (free!) training that gives you a behind-the-scenes look into how exactly I use Trello to keep everything working like a well-oiled machine. Check it out here. I promise your life will never be the same.

 

Connect with Dana & NJ

 

We love hearing from you!

 

If you’ve got a question about today’s episode or want to leave us some inbox love, you can email us at hello@boss-mom.com. Or, you can always find Dana hanging out in her happy place, the Boss Mom Facebook Community. 

 

We would also LOVE it if you’d leave a podcast rating or review for us on iTunes! We know it can be kind of tricky to figure out, so here are a few step-by-step instructions on how to leave an iTunes rating or review for a podcast from your iPhone or iPad.

 

  1. Launch Apple’s Podcast app.
  2. Tap the Search tab.
  3. Enter the name of the podcast you want to rate or review.
  4. Tap the blue Search key at the bottom right.
  5. Tap the album art for the podcast.
  6. Tap the Reviews tab.
  7. Tap Write a Review at the bottom.
  8. Enter your iTunes password to login.
  9. Tap the Stars to leave a rating.
  10. Enter title text and content to leave a review.
  11. Tap Send.
May 13, 2017

Full disclosure: you're about to hear from four women packed into one hotel room, chatting it up, laughing, and talking over each other into one mic. It is kind of epic - but also filled with some golden nuggets of goodness. Tune in to hear from Stacy Tuschl of She's Building Her Empire, Brandy Salazar from Balance is Possible, and Rachel Adams of Lost 2 Found in 90 Days.

 

For additional show notes visit BossMom.com and don't forget to leave a rating and review to make sure others like you can find our show!

May 11, 2017

Branding is kind of a big thing in the world of an entrepreneur and it's something you want to make sure to get right so that you are set apart and set up to successfully connect and communicate with the right people.

 

But honestly? Branding can go so much further beyond business, which is something I'm chatting about with my lovely guest, Cathy Olson.

 

Cathy has been beautifying brands and designing experiences of digital delight for over 17 years, including working with multi-million dollar brands.

 

Now as founder of Love Inspired, an international branding and web design studio with a boutique approach, she helps creatives package their expertise in a way that excites eyes, hugs hearts, and cues cha-chings.

 

Cathy's Boss Mom Journey

 

Cathy starts off by sharing that she's been a creative person her whole life and always had a pretty good idea of what she wanted to do with her life.

 

Her aunt was a graphic designer and her grandpa was an architect, so she grew up seeing people get paid to do art and knew she wanted to get into doing some kind of commercial art.

 

She's now been a graphic designer for the past 17 years and went out on her own nearly 10 years ago. Though she started working with bigger brands, which had a lot of advantages, at the end of the day she felt like it was always about the bottom line and the experience lacked the kind of heart and passion she was looking for.

 

When she got engaged she started creating custom wedding invitations on the side to help pay for her wedding, but never planned for it to be an actual business. Eventually though, she had two full-time gigs on her hands and she had to make a decision.

 

In 2008 she quit her "cushy" job at the heigh of the economic recession, which she was criticized for at the time. But when deciding between working with the bigger companies or working with amazing, passion-driven clients in the wedding industry, it was a no-brainer for her.

 

Luckily she made the right decision, because just four months later the company she had been working for ended up doing a bunch of layoffs and she's certain she would have been included.

 

Ever since then she's been doing her thing, and growing Love Inspired into what it is today. Her focus now is really helping the business owners who are in spaces that feel overcrowded and like no one’s listening. Together, they work to create a brand and website that is different and unique, that stands out and makes a real impact instead of just being "one of the many."

 

Important Things to Consider When Building Your Website

 

After so many years in this industry, and being an entrpreneur herself, Cathy has a wealth of knowledge and expertise when it comes to creating beautiful, functional websites that convert like crazy and reach the right people with your message.

 

She talks about how people often go straight into design without first bearing in mind user experience. She suggests starting with the journey you want to take people on in mind first, then figuring out how to beautify that journey.

 

Your homepage is the place where you want to make a lasting impression and answer everyone's primary question: "am I in the right spot?"

 

Another important thing is making sure to clearly share who you are and what you do....but in a way that makes it about them, not you. They are the ones you're trying to guide through a journey of recognizing their need or desire for you, not the other way around.

 

Cathy also stresses the power of eliminating overwhelm when creating your website. Focusing on making your website user experience as streamlined and guided as possible will help you so much in the long run.

 

You need to be tracking your analytics (what are the paths most traveled) so you can be strategic about how to connect with them and create the end result. Think about their journey.

Tools That Cathy Loves & Recommends

 

 

Something brilliant that Cathy shared is that there is variability between people's conscious and subconscious, which means people will tell you things that are different from what they are actually doing.

 

Using tools to actually track and see what people are doing on your website helps you be strategic about how to connect with them and create the end result you want.

 

Referenced in the Show:

 

 

(Just FYI, some of these links may be affiliate links, which means if you make a purchase using the links I may receive some love in return!)

 

Sponsor Spotlight: Trello

 

 

Have you been introduced you to what I call my “work wife” yet? If not, let me make the introduction. Meet Trello– the magical unicorn of amazingness that allows me to run my life, business and team with ease without completely and totally losing my mind (what’s left of it anyway).

 

I believe every person with a life, home and business needs an awesome (and free!) place to manage their projects, schedules, homes and teams and keep everything important in their lives in one central spot that can be revisited time and time again while giving access to anyone else that needs it.

 

I love and believe in Trello so much that I created a super amazing, in-depth (free!) training that gives you a behind-the-scenes look into how exactly I use Trello to keep everything working like a well-oiled machine. Check it out here. I promise your life will never be the same.

 

Connect with Dana & Cathy

 

 

We love hearing from you!

 

If you’ve got a question about today’s episode or want to leave us some inbox love, you can email us at hello@boss-mom.com. Or, you can always find Dana hanging out in her happy place, the Boss Mom Facebook Community. 

 

We would also LOVE it if you’d leave a podcast rating or review for us on iTunes! We know it can be kind of tricky to figure out, so here are a few step-by-step instructions on how to leave an iTunes rating or review for a podcast from your iPhone or iPad.

 

  1. Launch Apple’s Podcast app.
  2. Tap the Search tab.
  3. Enter the name of the podcast you want to rate or review.
  4. Tap the blue Search key at the bottom right.
  5. Tap the album art for the podcast.
  6. Tap the Reviews tab.
  7. Tap Write a Review at the bottom.
  8. Enter your iTunes password to login.
  9. Tap the Stars to leave a rating.
  10. Enter title text and content to leave a review.
  11. Tap Send.
May 9, 2017

Let's be honest - we all started businesses to make money, right? Sure, we have gifts and passions and hopefully a drive behind why we do what we do other than pure financial gain. But at the end of the day, our businesses wouldn't be businesses if there wasn't revenue being generated.

The challenge is that actually getting to the point of generating revenue can be a really big challenge, especially when you're just starting out.

We've been there, friends, which is why NJ and I are hopping into this episode to discuss how exactly we each started making money in our businesses and how things have changed and evolved since then.

Listen + subscribe on iTunes // Stitcher

 

NJ's Journey to Making Money

NJ started a blog in 2009 and bootstrapped from the beginning, learning how to do #allthethings herself, from website design to graphic imagery creation to social media and beyond.

As a blogger her primary source of income came in the form of sponsored posts she wrote and marketed. But as her blog grew and she continued to develop her skills, she decided she wanted more consistent control over her income.

She knew her skills were valuable (because people kept asking for them!) so she leveraged what she had and offered her virtual assistant services to other bloggers and business owners.

She kept it simple, putting a page up on her website to outline her services, and got out there and started telling people about what she was doing.

It wasn't long before she met Dana and a few other high profile people who she started providing services for. This helped her quickly gain her confidence and she continued to develop her skills as a VA.

She has since outgrown that title as the scope of her knowledge, skills and experience have grown, and she now offers digital marketing consulting in addition to continuing to run her blog.

NJ’s motto has always been to "move fast and break things" - or in other words, don't wait for things to be perfect before putting them out into the world. Dive in, get messy and make things happen.

Dana's Journey to Making Money

When Dana first left corporate America she jumped into business as a Mindful Communication Coach since it tied together beautifully with what she had been doing in her career.

She did some consulting and speaking and made some money, but was consistently spending more money that she was making that first year.

At some point she learned the concept of zeroing in on your gift and doing what was easy to you, but difficult for other people.

She recognized that she had a gift for content strategy and creating courses, so without a website, logo, or much of anything else, she jumped into taking on content strategy coaching clients to see if it worked.

She also leveraged outside platforms like Udemy and Skillshare to create her own simple courses, which ignited a big shift in how and where she was making money.

As she continued on, the rest of her business growth all had to do with leveraging relationships and opportunities that came her way.

In addition to content strategy and creating courses, she also wrote social media content for clients for a time and continued building her network of relationships.

When she was pregnant with her second baby, she had the idea to write the Boss Mom book, and decided to part ways with all the clients she was working "for" in favor of shifting into CEO mode to ignite and grow what is now the Boss Mom movement.

She talks about how when she changed how she thought about her business, it changed the trajectory of her business.

In just a year and a half she has gone from making somewhere around $5K per month to making nearly $30K per month, and she has goals to make the Boss Mom brand a million dollar company within the year.

Final Takeaways

Don't discount where you start, because everyone has to start somewhere (just like us!)

If you're intentional about leveraging relationships and opportunities, thinks can build and grow quickly.

Business growth is all about leveraging the things you're good at, the relationships you have, recognizing what works and being really decisive as you take things one step at a time.

Referenced in the Show:

(Just FYI, some of these links may be affiliate links, which means if you make a purchase using the links I may receive some love in return!)

Sponsor Spotlight: Tailwind

Tailwind is the complete Pinterest and Instagram marketing toolkit for bloggers and small businesses that allows you to schedule posts, discover content, monitor conversations, amplify your reach, and measure results - all with one tool!

It’s easy to use, incredibly powerful, helps you master your schedule and track your key performance indicators.

To learn more and try Tailwind out for yourself, visit www.boss-mom.com/tailwind

Connect with Dana & NJ

We love hearing from you!

If you’ve got a question about today’s episode or want to leave us some inbox love, you can email us at hello@boss-mom.com. Or, you can always find Dana hanging out in her happy place, the Boss Mom Facebook Community. 

We would also LOVE it if you’d leave a podcast rating or review for us on iTunes! We know it can be kind of tricky to figure out, so here are a few step-by-step instructions on how to leave an iTunes rating or review for a podcast from your iPhone or iPad.

  1. Launch Apple’s Podcast app.
  2. Tap the Search tab.
  3. Enter the name of the podcast you want to rate or review.
  4. Tap the blue Search key at the bottom right.
  5. Tap the album art for the podcast.
  6. Tap the Reviews tab.
  7. Tap Write a Review at the bottom.
  8. Enter your iTunes password to login.
  9. Tap the Stars to leave a rating.
  10. Enter title text and content to leave a review.
  11. Tap Send.
May 5, 2017

Let's talk project management, baby! As business owners, managing projects is a huge part of running our businesses (and lives!) each day.

Everything we do involves managing our time, whether we are actively aware of doing it or not. When we are proactive about managing our time and our projects, we can be so much more effective and keep ourselves on track.

In this episode I'm going to break down how we here at Boss Mom approach project management and share several examples and bits of insights I hope will help making project planning and management a little less daunting for you.

Listen + subscribe on iTunes // Stitcher

[smart_track_player url="http://traffic.libsyn.com/bossmom/Episode2020220-20Let27s20Manage20That20Project20-20Nurture20Your20Business20with20Dana.mp3" title="Episode 202: Let's Manage That Project with Dana" background="default" ]

Why Project Planning & Management is Necessary 

Ok, so for starters let's get one thing out on the table - starting new projects is HARD. Sure it might be exciting to sit down with a new idea that you're looking forward to seeing come to life....but the actual planning and execution can be totally overwhelming.

Questions like, "Where do I begin? What do I need to do? What comes next?" start swirling around in your head and before you know it you're camped in front of your computer scrolling through funny cat videos on YouTube and half a bag of M&Ms has mysteriously vanished. (Ok....maybe that's me)

To avoid these kinds of scenarios, you need a plan of attack to map out your project - a framework to make the project seem less daunting and overwhelming.

Start by Asking the Right Questions 

If you want to start running projects effectively and understanding what needs to happen next in your business, you've got to begin by asking the right questions.

You can't just dive in and start making decisions willy-nilly. You need to first sit down and figure out a few things, and that begins with asking yourself some questions.

Word of advice: be logical! Good questions are based out of logic, so take the time to slow down, dig deep and logically figure out what questions you need to answer to begin moving forward.

Everything you need is in the questions you ask - brilliance and clarity comes in the questions!

Determine What Decisions You Need to Make 

I always advocate for starting a new project with a clear understanding and outline of all (or as many of) the decisions you'll need to make over the course of the project. 

The reason I like to start here (knowing what the decisions are, not actually making them yet) is so I can delay the decision-making until the right time in the process so I don't get overwhelmed with trying to make decisions out of order, without all the information I need to make them well.

You will waste tons of time and energy trying to make decisions out of order and spending time on things that aren't the highest priority.

I call this "decision hopping" which will keep you ineffective and kill your confidence because of not having everything you need to make the decisions you're trying to make in the wrong order.

Understanding Your Milestone & Prerequisites

It's important when planning your decision making to understand what your milestones and prerequisites are.

Milestones are the places you need to hit throughout the course of your project to stay on track.

Prerequisites are the things you need to know before you can decide on other things.

You need to know and understand both in order to map out what decisions need to be made when, and in what order.

Once you've done that, you can break things down further, determine how much time each decision or task will take and attach time constraints around those things.

This will lead you to being able to figure out when you need to make those decisions and complete those tasks.

My Favorite Tool for Project Management

If you've been following Boss Mom for any length of time, you've probably heard me sing love songs to my beloved project management and workflow tool, Trello.

(I actually love it so much I created an entire free training course on it - check it out here!)

Trello is amazing for project management because you want the project plans and processes you come up with to be duplicatable, scalable, and follow a fluid workflow that other people can collaborate on as necessary.

Trello enables you to do exactly that with beautiful ease and visual appeal.

Be Sure to Celebrate the Milestones

I'm a big believer in purposefully factoring in time to acknowledge and celebrate when milestones are reached as you move forward and accomplish things in your business and in each individual project you do.

So I encourage you to identify what your milestones are going to be and figure out ways to pause throughout the process to celebrate your progress - it will only help continue propelling you forward!

Referenced in the Show:

(Just FYI, some of these links may be affiliate links, which means if you make a purchase using the links I may receive some love in return!)

Connect with Dana

We love hearing from you!

If you’ve got a question about today’s episode or want to leave us some inbox love, you can email us at hello@boss-mom.com. Or, you can always find Dana hanging out in her happy place, the Boss Mom Facebook Community. 

We would also LOVE it if you’d leave a podcast rating or review for us on iTunes! We know it can be kind of tricky to figure out, so here are a few step-by-step instructions on how to leave an iTunes rating or review for a podcast from your iPhone or iPad.

  1. Launch Apple’s Podcast app.
  2. Tap the Search tab.
  3. Enter the name of the podcast you want to rate or review.
  4. Tap the blue Search key at the bottom right.
  5. Tap the album art for the podcast.
  6. Tap the Reviews tab.
  7. Tap Write a Review at the bottom.
  8. Enter your iTunes password to login.
  9. Tap the Stars to leave a rating.
  10. Enter title text and content to leave a review.
  11. Tap Send.
May 4, 2017

Sometimes you come across those people in life who completely blow your mind....and Julie Stoian is one of those people. Julie is a full-time digital marketing consultant and tech coach, web designer and blogger, trainer and teacher, making her mark on the Internet with several blogs and websites.

An award winning lifestyle blogger as well, she was chosen as Anderson Cooper's blogger of the day in 2012 and appeared on Anderson Live several times, as well as BBC World Have Your Say.

She's been interviewed in the New York Times and Washington Post regarding social media, and runs several successful groups and workshops for entrepreneurs who need help with online tech and strategy. Off the Internet, she is a mom of four (what?!) a musician, foodie, and theater buff.

This woman's story is crazy you guys, and I can't wait for you to hear all about her journey and what she's built because I guarantee you'll be inspired, you'll learn a ton and fall in love with her just like I did. So, let's jump in!

Listen + subscribe on iTunes // Stitcher

 

Julie's Boss Mom Journey

Julie's boss mom journey begins with her being young, married and having three babies back-to-back. She stayed home with her kids, taught piano, started a blog that became popular, ended up opening a social media management and design business and life was good....until it wasn't anymore.

One day Julie found herself in an unfortunate situation where she was getting divorced, newly pregnant (with someone else) and needing to figure out how to pick herself up and push forward through all of it.

She married her baby daddy, amicably divorced her ex-husband and the rest is history.

From 2014-2016 she did "the hustle," getting a part-time job and building her marketing and sales funnel business up all while being pregnant, getting divorced and raising her three kids. (C-R-A-Z-Y!)

As a result of all her hard work and determination to show up and do what needed done, her marketing business exploded and now she's moved into doing more mentorship and coaching for other women who want to do service based businesses like she had.

(Oh, and ps - she's now happily married to her post-divorce baby daddy and amicably split from her ex-husband, for those that want to know!)

What to Do to Make Building a Business Work

Obviously there's a lot that goes into making a business work, and everyone has a unique perspective. For Julie, it was all about just getting in there and doing what needed to be done. 

She recognized that in order to bring home the bacon she needed to not get hung up worrying about all the things that often keep business owners stuck (logos, proposals, contracts, etc).

“I was under such a tremendous amount of stress to provide for my kids I was literally like, “Go find people with problems and fix them. Like, that’s all I need to do. And then charge money to fix them. I didn’t care about niche, and I didn’t care about official contracts, I just found people with problems and I made friendships and I built relationships and I fixed their problems and then they paid me and then they liked and then they told more people about me.” (9:59)

She also dedicated herself to increasing her skillset and learning as many new things as she could to make herself more valuable.

Navigating Transitions in Business

Julie got her start as a writer and designer, which are two critical skills you need to effectively build sales funnels and do marketing.

When she realized those skills work well together she started offering marketing services to her clients (which she still does to this day!)

One day one of her clients came to her because she wanted to launch a VA training course and knew all about the business development side, but couldn't offer as much expertise with on the skillset side as Julie. They decided to go in on the venture 50/50 and it ended up doing really well because people were hungry for it.

After Julie had her first high-level success earning a client six figures in two weeks with a launch and funnel she'd built, she was officially "on the map" and she started working less with service clients and doing more mentoring and coaching, which is what she primarily does now.

Why Do You Need a Funnel?

Because the space is so crowded, the internet is so crowded, that if you don’t have a funnel the likelihood of your success is minimal at best.

“You have got to put blinders on your leads and the only way to do that is with a sales funnel. A sales funnel is far more important than a website in this moment of the internet, because if someone’s finding you on Instagram and they click on your Instagram bio and they go to your website they’ve got 500 choices. If you put the entrance of your funnel as your Instagram bio, all of a sudden there’s only one thing they can do and that is give you their email address and that is exactly what you need because from there you can show them exactly what they need to do to become your customer.” (25:37)

The blinders are because there are so many shiny objects, if you don’t direct your leads where they need to go they won’t get there as easily.

“The idea is everyone should be building a brand and a system and a funnel that attracts your ideal customer and repels everybody else.” (27:34)

Referenced in the Show:

(Just FYI, some of these links may be affiliate links, which means if you make a purchase using the links I may receive some love in return!)

 

Sponsor Spotlight: Trello

Have you been introduced you to what I call my “work wife” yet? If not, let me make the introduction. Meet Trello– the magical unicorn of amazingness that allows me to run my life, business and team with ease without completely and totally losing my mind (what’s left of it anyway).

I believe every person with a life, home and business needs an awesome (and free!) place to manage their projects, schedules, homes and teams and keep everything important in their lives in one central spot that can be revisited time and time again while giving access to anyone else that needs it.

I love and believe in Trello so much that I created a super amazing, in-depth (free!) training that gives you a behind-the-scenes look into how exactly I use Trello to keep everything working like a well-oiled machine. Check it out here. I promise your life will never be the same.

Connect with Dana & Julie

We love hearing from you!

If you’ve got a question about today’s episode or want to leave us some inbox love, you can email us at hello@boss-mom.com. Or, you can always find Dana hanging out in her happy place, the Boss Mom Facebook Community. 

We would also LOVE it if you’d leave a podcast rating or review for us on iTunes! We know it can be kind of tricky to figure out, so here are a few step-by-step instructions on how to leave an iTunes rating or review for a podcast from your iPhone or iPad.

  1. Launch Apple’s Podcast app.
  2. Tap the Search tab.
  3. Enter the name of the podcast you want to rate or review.
  4. Tap the blue Search key at the bottom right.
  5. Tap the album art for the podcast.
  6. Tap the Reviews tab.
  7. Tap Write a Review at the bottom.
  8. Enter your iTunes password to login.
  9. Tap the Stars to leave a rating.
  10. Enter title text and content to leave a review.
  11. Tap Send.
May 2, 2017

Ok ladies, we have officially reached our 200th episode and wanted to have a little fun as we celebrate this milestone and thank you all for tuning in each week!

In this episode NJ and I are getting a little silly with a game of "Never Have I Ever".....which you'll quickly see doesn't follow the rules at all.

You're sure to hear things you've never heard before, and we tried to sprinkle in some really valuable little tidbits to hopefully encourage or speak to you wherever you're at (because you're never the only one who has been where you're at!

Listen + subscribe on iTunes // Stitcher

 

Referenced in the Show:

(Just FYI, some of these links may be affiliate links, which means if you make a purchase using the links I may receive some love in return!)

Sponsor Spotlight: Trello

Have you been introduced you to what I call my “work wife” yet? If not, let me make the introduction. Meet Trello – the magical unicorn of amazingness that allows me to run my life, business and team with ease without completely and totally losing my mind (what’s left of it anyway).

I believe every person with a life, home and business needs an awesome (and free!) place to manage their projects, schedules, homes and teams and keep everything important in their lives in one central spot that can be revisited time and time again while giving access to anyone else that needs it.

I love and believe in Trello so much that I created a super amazing, in-depth (free!) training that gives you a behind-the-scenes look into how exactly I use Trello to keep everything working like a well-oiled machine. Check it out here. I promise your life will never be the same.

Connect with Dana & NJ

We love hearing from you!

If you’ve got a question about today’s episode or want to leave us some inbox love, you can email us at hello@boss-mom.com. Or, you can always find Dana hanging out in her happy place, the Boss Mom Facebook Community. 

We would also LOVE it if you’d leave a podcast rating or review for us on iTunes! We know it can be kind of tricky to figure out, so here are a few step-by-step instructions on how to leave an iTunes rating or review for a podcast from your iPhone or iPad.

  1. Launch Apple’s Podcast app.
  2. Tap the Search tab.
  3. Enter the name of the podcast you want to rate or review.
  4. Tap the blue Search key at the bottom right.
  5. Tap the album art for the podcast.
  6. Tap the Reviews tab.
  7. Tap Write a Review at the bottom.
  8. Enter your iTunes password to login.
  9. Tap the Stars to leave a rating.
  10. Enter title text and content to leave a review.
  11. Tap Send.
Apr 29, 2017

So, let's talk about how to be a good boss. This is a question I get asked a lot, since we've grown a pretty great team here at Boss Mom.

I'm by no means a perfect boss (I have to remind myself regularly that no one is!) but there are some things that I've learned will definitely help you be a better boss when you get to the point of hiring and leading team members in your business.

What I always seem to hear is that people are afraid of hiring people. And, I get it....the prospect of things not working out as planned, and hiring people actually making our lives harder instead of easier is a scary one!

There's a million questions that often run through our heads when we think of hiring a team.....

How do I know what to give them to do?

How do I make sure they stay on top of doing their job?

How do I make sure hiring someone is actually worth it to me?

What will I do if it doesn't work out?

All of this, and so much more, is what we're going to dive in and address in this episode, so click play and enjoy.

Listen + subscribe on iTunes // Stitcher

 

Being a good boss isn’t all about things being easy.....but it does get easier over time. I think that, just like in relationships, we have to past this idea that we'll find the perfect person, fall in love with them the second we meet them, that everything's going to be perfect and we'll just "get" each other.

The reality is that things don't usually work out like that. Good relationships take time to bud and bloom, and it's the same with hiring in our businesses.

1. Don’t expect perfection

You can’t live in a fantasy world where everything is rainbows and roses thinking all of a sudden someone is just going to present themselves to you and they’re going to be perfect and wonderful and never do anything wrong, and you’ll never do anything wrong, and they’re going to always know what they’re supposed to do and life is going to be perfect.

We have to realize that life and business and working with people takes a little work. The key is having some really good processes in place for when things don't work out. 

I think we spend a lot of time trying to create great processes for making things work, and we forget to create a good process for handling the times when things don’t work, which results in massive time waste.

2. Only hire your ideal client

You want to strive to only work with people that really love what you do, what you stand for, and how everything works in your business.

If they aren’t passionate about your business then how are they going to be passionate about their job?

Even if they’re only working a few hours per week, how are they going to be committed fully if they don’t care about what you’re doing?

3. Ask your team to help you define roles and processes

The best way to let a team member own their role in your business is to let them own their role! Explain what ultimately needs to happen, but then ask them to write out their true job description, what they want to do, how they can best go about executing their role, and where they want to go within your business.

The key to being a good boss is the same key to growing a thriving community - people just want to feel like they are valued and heard, cared about and for.

You don’t have to have all the answers. Allow them the space to create and innovate, and you can fill in the blanks.

It’s often easier to edit what you don’t like or doesn’t work than for you to start from scratch yourself. We often don’t know what we want or don’t want until we see it.

Also, for technical processes you can record a video of yourself walking through the process you need your team member to take over, then you can share it, review it together to make sure their aren’t any gaps in their understanding of their role or where they are wanting to go in your business.

4. Communicate like a crazy person

If something isn’t working - TELL THEM. If you’ve hired someone that gets really upset when you ask for tweaks and adjustments, you need to either reset expectations or that person isn’t going to work.

Most people are going to be totally on board with tweaking and adjusting so they can learn you and your brand better and get more efficient at their job.

Communication is key. Keep each other updated and let each other know what’s going on.

5. Assess often

You only want people doing things in your business that they absolutely love. Regularly check in to make sure they’re happy and fulfilled where they’re at and how they’d like to serve within your team.

Referenced in the Show:

(Just FYI, some of these links may be affiliate links, which means if you make a purchase using the links I may receive some love in return!)

Connect with Dana

We love hearing from you!

If you’ve got a question about today’s episode or want to leave us some inbox love, you can email us at hello@boss-mom.com. Or, you can always find Dana hanging out in her happy place, the Boss Mom Facebook Community. 

We would also LOVE it if you’d leave a podcast rating or review for us on iTunes! We know it can be kind of tricky to figure out, so here are a few step-by-step instructions on how to leave an iTunes rating or review for a podcast from your iPhone or iPad.

  1. Launch Apple’s Podcast app.
  2. Tap the Search tab.
  3. Enter the name of the podcast you want to rate or review.
  4. Tap the blue Search key at the bottom right.
  5. Tap the album art for the podcast.
  6. Tap the Reviews tab.
  7. Tap Write a Review at the bottom.
  8. Enter your iTunes password to login.
  9. Tap the Stars to leave a rating.
  10. Enter title text and content to leave a review.
  11. Tap Send.
Apr 27, 2017

Ok ladies, you are in for a real treat because this conversation I had with Tonya Dalton, the Founder and CEO of inkWELL Press, was seriously amazing.

Tonya started her first business as a SAHM in 2009 and by 2011, her husband was able to leave corporate America to work alongside her.

Late in 2014 she decided to follow her true passion - inkWELL Press which has grown at a rapid pace thanks to their commitment to quality and fiercely loyal fans. 

I knew pretty much instantaneously that Tonya was my soul sister. The way she thinks is so in line with the way I think and we had an absolute blast, not just talking about planners and building businesses, but ultimately about productivity. We talked about how to be effective and efficient, about changing things when you’re not happy, and so many other things that so many of us boss moms go through.

She is an absolute joy and treasure, I know you’re going to fall madly in love with her (because how couldn’t you?!) So I’m not going to deprive you of her awesomeness any further. Lets hop in and hang out with Tonya.

Listen + subscribe on iTunes // Stitcher

     

Tonya's Boss Mom Journey

Several years ago Tonya was one of those moms that thought she would just start a little side business that would be fun for her. Her husband was working in marketing at large Fortune 500 companies, traveling the world and gone for 3-4 weeks at a time. 

One night while he was traveling and they were talking on the phone Tonya mentioned a new phrase their young daughter had said that day, and her husband got really quiet then said, “I’m missing everything.”

This broke Tonya's heart, and in that moment her life changed. She decided she was going to turn her little side business into a full-time gig and make it so that she and her husband could be home working on that business together.

She sat down, got out a notebook and wrote down everything she could think of to build her business and boost her productivity, since she was obviously still a mom with 2 kids to raise with a husband who traveled a lot.

Tonya mapped out a business plan and got to work! Within a year her husband quit his corporate job and came to work with her. The business had grown enough to sustain their life, pay the bills and they loved working together.....and as they worked alongside each other, the business grew even more.

Like so many before her though, she got to a point a few years in where she realized she was losing her enthusiasm for what she was doing because that little side business wasn't born out of her passions - it was always just intended to be something fun.

After sharing her heart with her husband from a place of honesty and transparency, he was totally on board with sitting down and coming up with an alternative plan. They decided to close down that first business, even though it was successful, so Tonya could really follow her passion and purpose.

What she learned was that she was really passionate about three things: teaching, organization and productivity, and empowering women. She had to figure out what to create that would pull together all 3 of those passions, and from that Inkwell Press was born.

After closing that first business they took a big risk to build their new business, living with no income for 7 months, and today she says it was all worth it. Now she gets to work with her husband on a business they absolutely love and wake up every day fulfilled in walking out her purpose.

The Power of Planning

One of the biggest things Tonya says helped her build her business was having an organized mind and doing the planning....figuring out her "roadmap" if you will.

She shared a great analogy about how you can get into the car and have the idea that you're going to drive across the country, but if you don't have a map or GPS you don't ultimately know where you'll end up!

So Tonya focused intently on creating a map for herself, that way as she continued to move forward she knew what the next steps were going to be and she could anticipate things.

When you know where you're going and have a map for how to get there, even when you need to make inevitable adjustments (hello detours and construction work!) you are still able to veer back onto the right path because you know your end destination.

The other thing that has really helped her as she has built her business is being able to hone in on how to best spend her time.

“Productivity isn’t about getting more things done in a day, it’s about focusing in on the things you really want to focus in on, the things that are important to you, and finding these pockets of time by getting rid of the other stuff.” (11:33)

True productivity is about focusing on that one thing that really matters that will move the needle forward the most for you in the direction of your goals.

On Busy, Hustle and Balance

At this point in the conversation we start talking a little bit of trash about some common jargon many people use today, and explore how using these words can hold us back.

The first word up: busy. Tonya says she is not a fan and tries not to use the word because at the end of the day, busy doesn't always mean productive or happy. It just means busy. One of her big platforms is to stop the glorification of busy, and trade it in for productivity.

She says busy just means you’re scattering yourself in all different directions. Productive means you’re going in the direction that you want to go in and doing the right things to get there.

Think how often you ask people how they are and they reply “busy.” Busy isn’t a state of being, it’s a verb. It’s filling up your time with a lot of things.

Then we shifted into discussing the world "hustle" which Tonya says segues right into busy because it's about always moving and always doing.

“It’s okay to stop moving and have white space our lives because the white space is where we grow and that’s really where we can dedicate the time to where we need to go.” (14:22)

Lastly (and we SO have the same belief about this) Tonya thinks the idea of balance in life and work is total bogus. She says there are 3 areas that make up our life: personal, home and work, and it's all about finding harmony in these areas.

Tonya believes that using the idea of "balance" makes it sound like each area needs to be even - which isn’t feasible, realistic or healthy! To really move towards a big goal in any direction there has to be imbalance.

You have to spend more time on something if you’re really wanting it to grow. So the key is to find how you can get all 3 areas of your life to work together to create harmony, which will add to your happiness with life.

The Challenge of Decision-Making

A really common struggle today is that people want to do all the things, really well, and right now. When we don't have a clear focus, we won't have a clear understanding of what we need to say yes to or what we need to say no to. All of this leads to us to being indecisive, or making poor choices when we do finally decide.

“Everyone thinks you need to add in order to grow, and it’s really the opposite. You need to cut in order to grow.” (19:30)

She suggests figuring out the one thing you want to focus on, your key product or offering, and building around that once you feel like it’s gotten established. That, she says, is how growth happens.

From a marketing perspective, focusing in this way will also allow you to know exactly what you’re going to tell people about. And your focused message can be tailored and adjusted so it's applicable depending on your audience.

If your products and offerings are all based off your core mission, it really allows you to grow at a steady pace.

Tonya says that all of her products at inkWELL Press go through a rigorous questioning process to make sure it aligns with their overarching mission. If it doesn’t fulfill their mission, they don’t offer it (even if people are asking for it!)

Growing Pains & Season of Change

When Tonya first started inkWELL Press organization was the thing she thought was her cornerstone and what she wanted to focus in on. Eventually she started to realize as she was growing and moving forward that her focus really needed to be about productivity.

She believes that if you’re really organized it won't necessarily translate into productivity because a lot of people use organization as a way to procrastinate.

“If you’re productive, organization naturally follows.” (22:58)

So she changed her focus from organization to productivity and agrees with my philosophy that you find clarity by doing. You find it as you work, if you're open to seeing it and grabbing hold of it.

It’s really about knowing where you want to go and where you want to spend your time, in the ways that matter most to you.

Productivity is very personal and needs to be customized and tailored to you, Tonya says. It requires clarity, cutting through the clutter and focusing on the things that are important to you.

We also discuss the importance of having a business plan that can act as your decision-support to help you figure out your purpose, gift, the future you want to create, the environment you want to live in, what will you say yes and no to, etc.

People often avoid answering these questions because it feels uncomfortable, but Tonya is a believer in growth coming from outside our comfort zones.

"The first step of any process, whether it’s developing a business plan or doing your goal setting is reflection.”  (25:49)

And she says reflection isn't always easy - it can be tough work! You have to be willing to peel back the layers, get honest and vulnerable - with yourself and others.

It might feel like there are parts of you that you don’t want to explore or talk about, but those are the parts that you’re really going to grow from and that make you beautiful in who you’ve become.

You all know I love brainstorming, and often say "If brainstorming isn't uncomfortable then you’re just making a list.” (26:38)

But do you just want to just make a list or do you want to come up with actual answers, content, things, ideas that are really going to make a difference?

“Until you get lost, you can’t explore.” (27:27)

Making inkWELL Press Great

Over the years inkWELL Press has experienced a ton of growth and Tonya is sharing some behind the scenes insights into how she approaches her business.

"I really believe there can be a happy marriage between form and function, but I do believe that function comes first.” (35:52)

Tonya starts every new project by sketching out the layout and elements she thinks are important. She intentionally puts things in her planners that she feels are vital for productivity (goal setting, habit trackers, focus points, etc.

She also works completely in tandem with her husband on every single page! She says the most important thing is that each of their products is created to be functional and customizable so it will work for you.

By approaching their creation process with the end in mind - helping people get organized and be productive, they've been able to give people what they need and want and grow a thriving business with integrity.

To Tonya it's all about making her customers feel successful at the end of the day....and making her products pretty is a fun bonus.

She wants every product she creates to be something people will be excited to pull out every day so it becomes a ritual or habit. She believes if you start doing your planning on a regular basis you will see a difference in your life!

Referenced in the Show:

(Just FYI, some of these links may be affiliate links, which means if you make a purchase using the links I may receive some love in return!)

Sponsor Spotlight: Trello

Have you been introduced you to what I call my “work wife” yet? If not, let me make the introduction. Meet Trello – the magical unicorn of amazingness that allows me to run my life, business and team with ease without completely and totally losing my mind (what’s left of it anyway).

I believe every person with a life, home and business needs an awesome (and free!) place to manage their projects, schedules, homes and teams and keep everything important in their lives in one central spot that can be revisited time and time again while giving access to anyone else that needs it.

I love and believe in Trello so much that I created a super amazing, in-depth (free!) training that gives you a behind-the-scenes look into how exactly I use Trello to keep everything working like a well-oiled machine. Check it out here. I promise your life will never be the same.

Connect with Dana & Tonya

We love hearing from you!

If you’ve got a question about today’s episode or want to leave us some inbox love, you can email us at hello@boss-mom.com. Or, you can always find Dana hanging out in her happy place, the Boss Mom Facebook Community. 

We would also LOVE it if you’d leave a podcast rating or review for us on iTunes! We know it can be kind of tricky to figure out, so here are a few step-by-step instructions on how to leave an iTunes rating or review for a podcast from your iPhone or iPad.

  1. Launch Apple’s Podcast app.
  2. Tap the Search tab.
  3. Enter the name of the podcast you want to rate or review.
  4. Tap the blue Search key at the bottom right.
  5. Tap the album art for the podcast.
  6. Tap the Reviews tab.
  7. Tap Write a Review at the bottom.
  8. Enter your iTunes password to login.
  9. Tap the Stars to leave a rating.
  10. Enter title text and content to leave a review.
  11. Tap Send.
Apr 25, 2017

One of the biggest things that can often trip business owners up, especially those who are just starting out or who are thinking about started something new, is uncertainty surrounding how qualified they are to do whatever it is they are thinking about doing.

How can we know if we are expert enough? What are the criteria we should use to decide if we're really ready to start the next thing? Do we have actually enough experience and clout and value?

All of these are really common questions, which is why NJ and I are going to dive into cracking this nut so you can build confidence and move forward with decisive clarity when these kinds of questions pop into your head.

Listen + subscribe on iTunes // Stitcher

Here's the deal: every entrepreneur at some point or another will most likely experience doubt surrounding whether or not they are qualified to be doing what they're doing.

It is one of the most limiting mindset beliefs one can hold as an entrepreneur, and will hold you back from being successful because it keeps you from being decisive.

If you’re scared that you don’t have enough value, then you’re not going to ask and you’re not going to make decisions, therefore things just aren't going to happen. When we allow this to happen, our lack of success isn't ultimately because we weren't expert enough....it's because we allowed ourselves to be indecisive and not do anything.

So bottom line: don't let your mindset keep you from DOING!

How to Know if You're Expert Enough

There are two things we often get worried about:

1) We question our expertise thinking we need to learn everything there is to know about something before acknowledging the value of what we have to give

2) We are scared to do things because we don't yet know how to do them

With regard to the first point, you have to decide for yourself how much learning and experience and expertise is enough to do what needs done? And you also need to recognize that ongoing education and refining of your expertise should always happen.

With regard to the second point, we can't let ourselves get stuck in a catch 22 of never doing something because we're afraid since we haven't done it before, which leads to us never starting, and continuing the cycle of never doing anything. You'll never be an expert in an area until you've actually done it!

If you want to be perceived as the expert that you really are about something, you need to own the belief that you know more about something than someone else, therefore you're able to speak about it with intelligence and authority. If you can do that, you've got something!

The Power of Positioning

Part of establishing yourself as an expert is learning how to position yourself as an expert. This involves strategic visibility and positioning of your knowledge.

You need to figure out where people are on the spectrum of your knowledge, and as long as there are people behind you on that spectrum you'll always have something to teach.

However, from the perspective of the life cycle of your ideal client, you want to position yourself so that you can be their expert for as long as possible. So start teaching several levels behind you if possible.

The Power of Influence

Something that's important when establishing yourself as an expert in a certain area is having a person with greater expertise than you in your close sphere of influence, like a coach or a mentor. Their knowledge will seep down to you which you’ll be able to take, own and trickle down to your people.

Having other people who are just one or two steps ahead of you, or even right where you are but with different experience and perspective, is also important. These can be your biz besties, accountability partners, mastermind members, etc.

Having people in your life like this can help you sift through your thoughts, ideas, concerns and fears to determine which may be valid and which aren't. These people will add value to your life and business by helping you build confidence.

Things to Remember

The bottom line is this: you need to know there is room for you at the table. Don't fall into the trap of comparing where you're at with where someone else is in a different point of their journey.

Start with what you've got and build from there. If you do that, and are decisive about it along the way, success won't be far off.

Referenced in the Show:

(Just FYI, some of these links may be affiliate links, which means if you make a purchase using the links I may receive some love in return!)

Sponsor Spotlight: Thinkific

You all know just how much I love online courses and think that anyone with knowledge or expertise in an area should take that knowledge and turn it into a resource to share with others.

That’s why I’m SO pumped to share Thinkific with you, the online course platform that I use and love for all Boss Mom courses.

Thinkific is dedicated to helping businesses grow through online education, and helping you easily create, market and sell online courses. This easy to use, all-inclusive resource will change your life – seriously.

Go check out boss-mom.com/thinkific to learn more and try Thinkific FREE for 1 month.

Connect with Dana & NJ

We love hearing from you!

If you’ve got a question about today’s episode or want to leave us some inbox love, you can email us at hello@boss-mom.com. Or, you can always find Dana hanging out in her happy place, the Boss Mom Facebook Community. 

We would also LOVE it if you’d leave a podcast rating or review for us on iTunes! We know it can be kind of tricky to figure out, so here are a few step-by-step instructions on how to leave an iTunes rating or review for a podcast from your iPhone or iPad.

  1. Launch Apple’s Podcast app.
  2. Tap the Search tab.
  3. Enter the name of the podcast you want to rate or review.
  4. Tap the blue Search key at the bottom right.
  5. Tap the album art for the podcast.
  6. Tap the Reviews tab.
  7. Tap Write a Review at the bottom.
  8. Enter your iTunes password to login.
  9. Tap the Stars to leave a rating.
  10. Enter title text and content to leave a review.
  11. Tap Send.
Apr 21, 2017

I want to talk to you today about questions....beautiful, amazing, glorious questions. The questions we ask of both ourselves and other people can literally change the way we think, experience, perceive, act, connect and engage. But.....are we asking the right ones?

Recently I attended the first part of a certification training I'm going through this year in appreciative inquiry called Leading with Experiential Appreciative Facilitation. This training is run by the amazing Jon Berghoff and the Flourishing Leadership Institute, based on the amazing work of Dr. David Cooperrider and has literally rocked my entire world (seriously, click the play button on this episode because you'll hear me get truly giddy!)

Listen + subscribe on iTunes // Stitcher

Ok, as I mentioned, I've become completely obsessed with diving into appreciative inquiry, so you're going to be seeing a lot more of it infused into everything I do....especially in the Boss Mom Retreat happening later this year in NC ;)

Appreciative inquiry is truly an introduction into how to have better questions when designing group spaces, summits, retreats, meetings, etc.

What AI does is it flips the way we talk about things from being focused on addressing the failures, challenges, and things we need to fix to focusing on recognizing, maximizing and leveraging the strengths.

What I've learned is that if we only focus on the problems, challenges or obstacles and finding a fix for those, we will only ever help get people back to a neutral point, where they don't feel broken anymore. But what if we could take them beyond that point??

A quote that has been completely rocking my world lately is this:

“The task of leadership is to create an alignment of strengths, making the system’s weaknesses irrelevant.” - Peter Drucker

Leading for the future is all about strengths. If we focus on our strengths, on our aspirations, on where we want to go, and what we’ve just done to get ourselves to where we are so far, what would the world look like? What would our businesses and lives look like? Can you picture it?

So how can we do that? Well, we need to reframe the way we think about the questions we ask.

Oftentimes we will default to asking the questions that are easy, the ones everyone is always asking. But might it mean so much more if we actually stopped to really think about the questions we're asking, how they'll land and what kind of feedback or response they might produce?

I'd challenge you to start asking yourself the following questions anytime you are posing a question to someone:

  • Am I asking questions because I really care and wanting to know or understand more?
  • Am I asking this question because I think I should ask it?
  • Am I asking the questions that really need to be asked?

We’ve gotta start digging deeper into the words we use. Are we speaking to people from their strengths? Are we helping people to see their future, what they want, what their dream will be?

When we do this, it opens up this beautiful positive emotional attractor component of your brain that gets people thinking bigger, broader, and in a way that gets them past that neutral point and into this amazing space where they truly believe anything is possible.

Which is totally where we want our kids to be, right? It starts with the questions we ask.

Now, let’s get tactical to figure out how to actually go about knowing the right questions to ask and how to approach asking questions in our lives and businesses.

1. Determine where you are already asking questions in your business.

Are you asking questions in surveys, calls to action, Facebook groups, intake forms, coursework, sales calls, webinars, Facebook ads, etc?

2. Assess the kinds of questions you're asking.

Are you questions framed from the positive or the negative? Are you addressing someone's challenges, obstacles, problems or weaknesses? Our questions are meant to illicit response, and if you phrase them right, you'll get the kind of feedback that's really valuable.

Here's a great personal example to get your wheels turning.

I still have an email in my nurture sequence that I need to go back and change because I ask “What is your biggest challenge?” and rarely get responses. I'm convinced that's because it's vague and it’s framed from the negative perspective.

Now all of a sudden the reader is thinking about their biggest challenge. Maybe they don’t even know what their biggest challenge is, but now I’ve just got them thinking about 10 things that aren’t going right for them.

Maybe I can go and help them now, but holy moly - I don’t want to be the one that puts them in that negative space!

Instead I’d love to ask a question like, “What moment can you remember of having a business and having a baby where you felt like you came alive? That you were really doing what you were meant to do and showing your children, even if they didn't understand it, that what you were doing was important?”

I want women thinking about what they’re doing right more than what they’re doing wrong. I want our weaknesses to be irrelevant!

I want us to be getting support from each other, and thinking so much about what we’re doing right and how to do more of that that it overshadows our weaknesses so they are irrelevant. I want to live in a world where that happens.

3. Change your questions.

You have the power to change your approach to the questions you're asking! Figure out how you can make the switch from trying to fix problems and put out fires to how you can leverage and maximize people’s strengths.

Referenced in the Show:

(Just FYI, some of these links may be affiliate links, which means if you make a purchase using the links I may receive some love in return!)

Sponsor Spotlight: Boss Mom Retreat

It's coming ladies. Do you have your ticket yet?? If not, and you're still on the fence, let me tell you just a little bit about the amazingness that will be happening in Charlotte, North Carolina later this year....

Think two days filled to the brim with amazing community, tons of time to gain clarity and work ON your business alongside tons of other badass boss moms, yummy food and drinks, a gorgeous event space, and.....YES, there will be a karaoke dance party. (Do I have you excited now?!)

We are already 1/3 of the way to being sold out, so don't wait too long....grab your ticket today at boss-mom.com/retreat.

Connect with Dana

We love hearing from you!

If you’ve got a question about today’s episode or want to leave us some inbox love, you can email us at hello@boss-mom.com. Or, you can always find Dana hanging out in her happy place, the Boss Mom Facebook Community. 

We would also LOVE it if you’d leave a podcast rating or review for us on iTunes! We know it can be kind of tricky to figure out, so here are a few step-by-step instructions on how to leave an iTunes rating or review for a podcast from your iPhone or iPad.

  1. Launch Apple’s Podcast app.
  2. Tap the Search tab.
  3. Enter the name of the podcast you want to rate or review.
  4. Tap the blue Search key at the bottom right.
  5. Tap the album art for the podcast.
  6. Tap the Reviews tab.
  7. Tap Write a Review at the bottom.
  8. Enter your iTunes password to login.
  9. Tap the Stars to leave a rating.
  10. Enter title text and content to leave a review.
  11. Tap Send.
Apr 20, 2017

As moms and entrepreneurs it can be a real challenge to prioritize our health and self care. But as you know, everything begins to fall apart when we don't!

Shivani Gupta is a mother, entrepreneur, educator and healer with a huge passion for helping learn how to take better care of themselves through a holistic, Ayurvedic approach to health and wellness.

As the founder of Fusionary Formulas, a line of supplements that bridges the gap between Ayurvedic and modern medicine, Shivani remains committed to bettering the lives of others, which you will see is totally evident throughout our discussion in this episode.

If you want to be a healthy person, if you care about what you put into your body, your immunity, your energy, how you feel, and how you can show up to be a better you mother, wife. entrepreneur, etc then you're going to love this one.

Listen + subscribe on iTunes // Stitcher

 

Shivani's Boss Mom Journey

Ever since Shivani was a child she's been obsessed with health. Her father was a health nut, so he always showed up at people’s homes with green juice and vitamins and said, “Here you go, this is how you’re going to fix the cold or sickness you have going on.”

Shivani believes she inherited that from him, because she'll show up on the doorstep of anyone she hears complain about feeling sick with ziplock bags of herbs and spices and whatever else she thinks they should be doing.

She also always knew she wanted to be a business owner because her parents were really fantastic entrepreneurs, and so over the years she has had several businesses.

One was an organic cotton children’s clothing line that was carried in Whole Foods. Then she started a green blog called “Greenista”, and after that a marketing company that helped small businesses with marketing a branding.

Finally an opportunity came her way to launch a supplement company in Ayurveda and, she happened to be working on her PhD in Ayurveda at the time, so it was the perfect fit and time. She decided to pair her skillset - finding complex things and simplifying them into a very usable way - with her passion for health and wellness, and launched Fusionary Formulas to educate people in health, wellness, Ayurveda, and these "super spicesandh herbs" that they can use in their daily lives.

What is Ayurveda?

Shivani explains that Ayurveda is an ancient system of medicine from India that’s over 5,000 years old. Ayurveda actually means "science of life."

It heavily emphasizes the mind-body connection and focuses not just on treating illness and disease, but actually preventing them.

As Shivani learned more about it she thought, “If people just understood what Ayurveda had to offer and how powerful it was for preventing disease and preventing issues, they would be on board with this.”

Where Does Someone Begin with Ayurveda?

Shivani explains that Ayurveda encompasses many different modalities.

  • There’s the nutrition component that covers food combinations and what to eat or not eat.
  • There’s a detoxification ritual that teaches you how to detox and cleanse the body once a year to prevent disease
  • There’s this concept of doshas which is all about uncovering your individual body constitution, which helps you best support your unique body type
  • There’s also an herbs and spices component and learning all about what they can do for your overall health (turmeric, cardamom, paprika, cumin, and fennel are a few examples) 

Shivani has chosen to focus on what she calls the "best three" areas to make it as simple and easy to integrate into our fast-paced, non-intuitive, Western way of living.

The three areas are: super spices and herbs, daily self care rituals and learning to adjust your lifestyle to what your body demands so instead of being so stressed out all the time and allowing stress to impact the body negatively, you’re better supported.

"I feel like as moms we are high stress, high speed, high volume, trying to get through life and do everything. I just want to prevent stuff from coming down the road because I chose to be high paced in my 30s and 40s."

Why Variety & Seasonal Eating is Important

I had my mind totally blown when Shivani let me know that we actually aren't supposed to eat the same foods all year round. She speaks heavily to the importance of ensuring a broad variety in your diet and making sure to eat things that are in season to best support your body's systems.

She also shares a story about a woman she once met who had chronic hives and was eating healthy, so couldn't figure out what was causing her issue. It turns out she was eating things that were exacerbating her unique body constitution AND out of season, causing her body to react negatively to the "health" food she was consuming!

Practicing What You Preach & Prioritizing Self Care

Something I loved hearing in this conversation was how Shivani described her own personal journey with health, which can be a lot trickier and harder than just being passionate about learning and teaching it.

She describes where she was at just last year - going 100 miles per hour working on a huge event for her company, trying to be supermom keeping up with all her kids activities, being a good wife and trying to feed everyone healthfully (since she was totally obsessed!)

After the event she looked at photos of herself and thought, "That is not me! I don’t know who that is, but that is not me!” She was in disbelief that she'd allowed herself to get to that point, and knew she couldn't go on calling it "baby weight" forever.

She decided to take her own advice and really put self care first. And she says that once she did that, everything started to change! She made her personal workouts top priority, above anything else (including her children's activities!)

Her brain moved faster, which meant she moved faster, all of which benefited her business and life in tremendous ways. Everything started to click into place.

For those of you who are interested in what exactly she did to drop 8 dress sizes in just 8 months, she mentions using three Fusionary Formulas supplements every single day: Elite Athlete, Weight Loss Formula and Turmeric Gold.

The coolest part, she says, is now that she's proven to herself how powerful embracing this lifestyle is, she is even more fueled with passion to share her message.

She also mentions that one reason she believes she's been successful in the personal health department is by establishing "laws" for herself....for example, she never eats sour cream. Since that's a law for her, she doesn't ever break it.

The Difference Between Intuition & Bad Habits

Another unique point in our conversation came when I asked if Shivani thought that maybe we sometimes crave things our bodies actually need.

She completely agreed that our bodies were made to flourish when we rely on our innate intuition. But, the problem she says, is that people have gotten very far off from their intuitive selves.

Thinking you’ve had a bad day and need a glass of wine or plate of nachos isn’t intuition - it's being ruled by bad habits and using food as a crutch for dealing with stress.

This led to us both agreeing that, as parents and entrepreneurs, we often use crutches even more than the average person, and to make ourselves feel better about our poor diet and lifestyle choices (daily wine and coffee habits anyone??) we've collectively made it an acceptable thing.

Obviously there needs to be room for grace and acknowledgment of certain seasons of life (the newborn days, for example) but eventually we all have to take personal responsibility and choose better.

We need to learn how to replace our bad habits, replace our crutches with things that are actually good and actually work.

What Makes Fusionary Formulas Better than Others (& Why You Need Supplements)

Shivani is both modest and humble about her supplement line, but equally enthusiastic about how amazing it is.

She begins by explaining that the supplement industry is far less regulated than one would think, and people can often get away with doing or saying whatever they way....which means it's critically important to understand what you've investing in and putting in your body!

Shivani uses a factory right here in the US, which is owned by a physician, and has chosen really high quality herbs that come from only medical grade suppliers. This ensures you can feel totally confident in the product you're investing in.

She also has a really well-rounded approach to supplement use, which is nice for people like me who don't really use them ever.

Her thought is that proactive health means finding the perfect combination of exercise, nutrition and supplements that will support your body. Supplements are supposed to work alongside everything else to give you what you need.

How to Get Back to Calm When You Feel Overwhelmed

Overwhelm is an inevitable place we sometimes reach as boss moms, which is why I loved hearing Shivani share what her approach to overwhelm is in her life.

She has learned that when she starts to feel overwhelmed, she begins to shut down. So, she quickly starts making adjustments, taking things off her list, relying on outside help and giving herself downtime. 

She'll also give her immune system a boost by increasing her supplement intake, staying extra hydrated and getting enough rest.

Referenced in the Show:

(Just FYI, some of these links may be affiliate links, which means if you make a purchase using the links I may receive some love in return!)

Connect with Dana & Shivani

We love hearing from you!

If you’ve got a question about today’s episode or want to leave us some inbox love, you can email us at hello@boss-mom.com. Or, you can always find Dana hanging out in her happy place, the Boss Mom Facebook Community. 

We would also LOVE it if you’d leave a podcast rating or review for us on iTunes! We know it can be kind of tricky to figure out, so here are a few step-by-step instructions on how to leave an iTunes rating or review for a podcast from your iPhone or iPad.

  1. Launch Apple’s Podcast app.
  2. Tap the Search tab.
  3. Enter the name of the podcast you want to rate or review.
  4. Tap the blue Search key at the bottom right.
  5. Tap the album art for the podcast.
  6. Tap the Reviews tab.
  7. Tap Write a Review at the bottom.
  8. Enter your iTunes password to login.
  9. Tap the Stars to leave a rating.
  10. Enter title text and content to leave a review.
  11. Tap Send.
Apr 20, 2017

I get asked pretty often about how exactly to go about effectively launching something the right way. In case you haven't noticed, launching (like sales funnels) is kind of a big deal these days.

If you have an online business and create something that you want to sell successfully online, having an effective launching strategy and plan is a must.

But where should you begin? In this episode NJ and I are diving in to discuss what launching means, what purpose it serves and some best practices for ensuring you set yourself up for success during your next launch.

Listen + subscribe on iTunes // Stitcher

Someone asked me recently to talk about how to execute a soft launch, and the way they described it was "the kind of launch nobody knows about." I'll be honest, this confused me.

When we're talking about launching, it's important to understand that you want people to know about your launch - it's kind of the whole point!

Now, this person could have been talking about a beta launch or a pre-launch that was geared toward only a small segment of people, which is a different scenario than a full, big launch.

But the bottom line is this - you NEED people to know about your launch in order for it to be successful, otherwise you're wasting your time and leaving money on the table.

Oftentimes I think we lie to ourselves when it comes to launching. The idea of doing a big launch is scary! It takes guts, a ton of work and probably some monetary investment (after all, usually it takes money to make money.)

When we let fear drive our business decisions, we'll tell ourselves lies about doing a "soft launch" instead of a big one to test things out and make sure they work.

But the truth is, if you want to make money in your business, you have to push past that fear, do the work, and make a launch happen. It WILL be a lot of work. But if done correctly (or even just mostly correctly) you'll hands down make more money than keeping your launch a secret.

If you are going to do a "soft launch" (to a beta group or small segment of people without much buzz) it has to be part of a strategy to build up to a big launch.

The #1 Key to a Successful Launch

We are going to let you in on a big secret (that you probably already know!) If you want to launch something you have to plan for it!

An effective launch will have a lot of moving parts that need to be executed in a particular order. The creation part of whatever your offering is....that's the easy part. 

Figuring out how to effectively market and sell your offering to the right people in the right way.....that's the challenge, and it's a challenge you want to prepare for well!

Pro Tip: When you have a good understanding of what you're good at, what you're not, what you enjoy and what you don't, you can make better decisions about hiring or bartering for help so you're not left spinning your wheels, wasting time and money to execute your launch.

You Need a Funnel to Launch

Ok, I will forewarn you....at this point in the episode things start to get a little crazy as we try to describe just why we love a good funnel so much (so you'll most definitely want to listen and not just read these notes!)

But here's our central point in summary: the point of a launch is to bring awareness to what you're doing while infusing some excitement, scarcity and intrigue, and a funnel is how you do just that.

You can have a funnel without a launch, but you can't have a solid launch without a good funnel in place.

Pro Tip: Don't ever throw money at Facebook ads if you don't have your funnel set up!

What Goes into a Launch

There are lots of moving pieces and projects that go into a launch, but here are the few keys that you want to make sure to cover.

  1. Know who you're launching to: you want to make sure you know exactly who your ideal client is so you can be engaging with them and understand how to speak their language
  2. Plan and create a killer sales funnel: to do this you need to work backwards from your offering to create a journey that you'll lead your ideal client down so their nurtured and primed to convert into a paying customer
  3. Map out your timeline: to make sure you have enough time to carry out your launch well, we recommend allowing a minimum of 3-4 month to plan and execute

Referenced in the Show:

(Just FYI, some of these links may be affiliate links, which means if you make a purchase using the links I may receive some love in return!)

Sponsor Spotlight: Trello

Have you been introduced you to what I call my "work wife" yet? If not, let me make the introduction. Meet Trello - the magical unicorn of amazingness that allows me to run my life, business and team with ease without completely and totally losing my mind (what's left of it anyway).

I believe every person with a life, home and business needs an awesome (and free!) place to manage their projects, schedules, homes and teams and keep everything important in their lives in one central spot that can be revisited time and time again while giving access to anyone else that needs it.

I love and believe in Trello so much that I created a super amazing, in-depth (free!) training that gives you a behind-the-scenes look into how exactly I use Trello to keep everything working like a well-oiled machine. Check it out here. I promise your life will never be the same.

Connect with Dana & NJ

We love hearing from you!

If you’ve got a question about today’s episode or want to leave us some inbox love, you can email us at hello@boss-mom.com. Or, you can always find Dana hanging out in her happy place, the Boss Mom Facebook Community. 

We would also LOVE it if you’d leave a podcast rating or review for us on iTunes! We know it can be kind of tricky to figure out, so here are a few step-by-step instructions on how to leave an iTunes rating or review for a podcast from your iPhone or iPad.

  1. Launch Apple’s Podcast app.
  2. Tap the Search tab.
  3. Enter the name of the podcast you want to rate or review.
  4. Tap the blue Search key at the bottom right.
  5. Tap the album art for the podcast.
  6. Tap the Reviews tab.
  7. Tap Write a Review at the bottom.
  8. Enter your iTunes password to login.
  9. Tap the Stars to leave a rating.
  10. Enter title text and content to leave a review.
  11. Tap Send.
Apr 14, 2017

So today we're doing something a little different for this Nurture Your Business segment. I've invited my real life and business best friend, Dawn Marrs (who is a total sales funnel QUEEN) to join us for a conversation all about the purpose and psychology behind sales funnels and you do NOT want to miss it!! (Disclaimer: there may have been a couple glasses bottles of wine involved in this one.....)

Listen + subscribe on iTunes // Stitcher

In case you haven't noticed, sales funnels are kind of all the rage right now. I think they've become so popular because 1) everyone is yearning for passive income and 2) everyone recognizes the importance of community and nurturing people in business, and creating a sales funnel helps bring people into and through your business in a way that makes sense.

The struggle is that sales funnels can be pretty darn overwhelming. Many people never successfully create a funnel because they get so intimidated by the action creation process. Then they miss out on the opportunity to have a system working passively in the background, bringing in money 24/7 while they're sleeping or at the beach.

Questions like, "What should my opt-in be? What should I say on my thank you page? What's my first email going to say? What tool do I use to deliver my opt-in? How do I upsell? How do I get their credit card info? What happens after they pay me? What happens if they cancel?" can keep our brains totally stuck spinning round, and round, and round....

And the truth is - the strategy, psychology and tech behind sales funnels CAN be overwhelming. But there are things you can do to make it less overwhelming - and once you've done it, you're golden.

1. Know where you're taking people

Bottom line, if you don't know where you want people to go, then how the heck are you going to get them there? You have to know what outcome you're offering people and where you want them to end up in order to effectively lead them there. Knowing your end destination is half the battle.

2. Understand that there is nothing new under the sun

Sales funnels are all very similar. We all, to some degree, follow the same path and psychology when it comes to  selling and creating a sales journey. Don't let feeling like there are tons of other people doing exactly what you're doing stop you from bringing YOU to the table.

3. Find the gaps and fill them

An effective sales funnel is all about finding gaps and filling them. Once you know where you're leading people, you can break it down to give them a perfect entry point (your opt-in). You want them to say, "Yes! This is exactly what I needed....but I wish it was easier." To which your response is to fill that gap.

It's all about anticipating needs, giving enough to fill one gap, and being ready to fill subsequent gaps until you've lead them fully through the extent to which you can serve them. Make people's lives easier and better, and they'll keep coming back for more!

It can be time consuming and mentally draining to figure out how to piece it all together at first. But when you combine a killer strategy with a killer system, magic happens (in the form of more money in your pocket!)

4. Learn from doing

So many people try to start out their businesses with a sales funnel in place already....but that often isn't completely realistic. If you're just starting out, it can be really difficult to know what your people need because you haven't gotten familiar enough with them yet.

The funnel can’t come first because you first have to get out in the world and DO in order to see what gaps there are and fill them. The clarity is in the doing. 

If your focus is consistently serving people and making an impact in their lives, get in there and DO it, which will lead to you fully grasping what the gaps are between where they are now and where they want to be. Find what's missing so you can step in and serve!

5. Master your content flow

Aside from identifying the gaps that need filled and building an actual system for your funnel, there is one more crucial component to sales funnel success.

The real mastery is in the content you create and how it flows from one piece to the next. Go back to what it is that your people need, break down your solutions as far as you can, map out how you can pour more into your offerings, then create content for each stage in your journey to lead them to a well-thought out, well-built funnel, effectively turning them from bystander, into raving fan, into grateful customer (how was that for a run-on sentence?!)

Ps....you don't have to do it alone!

No part of building your business has to be all by your lonesome! Come visit us in the Boss Moms Facebook group or in Dawn's Sales & Marketing Automation Facebook group and let us know where you're at with this.

Have you started your own funnel?

Where do you feel like you are in the process?

What questions do you have?

We will gladly support you through this process every step of the way.

Connect with Dana & Dawn

We love hearing from you!

If you’ve got a question about today’s episode or want to leave us some inbox love, you can email us at hello@boss-mom.com. Or, you can always find Dana hanging out in her happy place, the Boss Mom Facebook Community. 

We would also LOVE it if you’d leave a podcast rating or review for us on iTunes! We know it can be kind of tricky to figure out, so here are a few step-by-step instructions on how to leave an iTunes rating or review for a podcast from your iPhone or iPad.

  1. Launch Apple’s Podcast app.
  2. Tap the Search tab.
  3. Enter the name of the podcast you want to rate or review.
  4. Tap the blue Search key at the bottom right.
  5. Tap the album art for the podcast.
  6. Tap the Reviews tab.
  7. Tap Write a Review at the bottom.
  8. Enter your iTunes password to login.
  9. Tap the Stars to leave a rating.
  10. Enter title text and content to leave a review.
  11. Tap Send.
Apr 14, 2017

Raise your hand if you've ever felt like an imposter in your own life or business? Raise two hands if you've let those feelings keep you from stepping into the fullness of what you believe you were made to do? Yeah....you're not alone.

I work with amazing and incredible women every day who have so much to give, but who struggle to move past their own internal limitations and believe that what they have to offer is truly needed and valuable.

That's why I'm SO pumped to share this amazing conversation I had recently with none other than Tanya Geisler, a phenomenal Toronto-based leadership coach, TEDx speaker and writer who has taught thousands of leaders how to step into their starring roles and own their authority in their lives, their work, and in their life's work.

Specifically, Tanya explores the “Impostor Complex” (IC): a person’s inherent suspicion that their success is somehow undeserved and that they will eventually be exposed as a fluke or a fraud. The IC is chronic and impacts us all—particularly high-functioning achievers. The fear and doubt inherent in the IC confines us to a muted version of our best lives and keeps us from realizing our ideal selves.

And with that, let's dive right in....

Listen + subscribe on iTunes // Stitcher

Tanya's Boss Mom Journey

Before becoming a mama, Tanya had a successful career in advertising. After her mom died the same year her daughter was born, she abruptly realized just how short life was and over the next few years more deeply recognized it may be time to make changes to live her most authentic life.

She went back to work full time after her daughter turned one, but hated being apart from her so much. She often thought back on her mom's favorite mantra, "Don't postpone joy."

And so, she made a series of tough choices to leave her corporate career and start her own business. Though she describes experiencing countless trials, tribulations and calibrations, the reward was that she got to spend more time with her family and build a business that bring her an immense amount of joy.

How She Decided What to Do

When I asked Tanya how she decided what she was going to do after leaving her corporate job, and how what she started out doing has morphed into what it is now, she answered: I cried, sat on my hands and called in a bunch of people to help figure it out! (Sound familiar at all?!)

She'd never even heard of coaching until a friend of hers began doing it, and at that point she realized that she had a unique "thing" that she did for herself....and people kept coming to her for it.

As soon as she checked it ou and stepped into her coaching training, she recognized that this was what she'd been doing her whole life, and this was how she was going to step into her life's work. She could finally see herself the way others saw her, which propelled her forward in her life and work.

TEDx Talk: Imposter to Authority

A few years ago Tanya was invited to speak on owning your authority by TEDxWomen, dissecting the space in between what you see and what is real with regard to yourself.

She talks about encountering woman after woman who were skilled at internalizing failure, but incapable of internalizing success in the same way, which was keeping them stuck and never moving into the fullness of their potential.

"We’re never going to not experience bouts of fear, we’re never going to not experience bouts of the imposter complex when we are doing things that are deeply meaningful to us." (16:26)

What imposter complex is and what it's not

So what exactly is the difference between imposter complex that unjustly keeps us from going forward, and really, validly recognizing when maybe we aren't yet totally qualified to step into something and need more time, training, experience, etc?

Tanya shares that there are 12 lies of the imposter complex that you need to identify and call out in order to recognize how they may be holding you back.

But here's the reality, she says: there is always room for improvement, so you can't let that disqualify you from doing things. She also says that, typically, the people who are struggling with IC are driven by values of mastery, integrity and excellence....which true frauds are not.

Lie #4 of imposter complex will also convince you that you have nothing useful, valid or original to say. When we believe this, we stay silent and lie low.

What we have to remember is that there is nothing new under the sun. What people need, what people want, is what YOU have. You are what is different about what you do.

You also need to remember that, if you’re focused on expansion, evolving and moving forward, fear is a pretty good litmus test for how meaningful this next step is for you. If the step you’re looking at doesn’t rattle your imposter complex, it’s probably not what you were looking to step into.

Referenced in the Show:

(Just FYI, some of these links may be affiliate links, which means if you make a purchase using the links I may receive some love in return!)

Connect with Dana + Tanya

We love hearing from you!

If you’ve got a question about today’s episode or want to leave us some inbox love, you can email us at hello@boss-mom.com. Or, you can always find Dana hanging out in her happy place, the Boss Mom Facebook Community. 

We would also LOVE it if you’d leave a podcast rating or review for us on iTunes! We know it can be kind of tricky to figure out, so here are a few step-by-step instructions on how to leave an iTunes rating or review for a podcast from your iPhone or iPad.

  1. Launch Apple’s Podcast app.
  2. Tap the Search tab.
  3. Enter the name of the podcast you want to rate or review.
  4. Tap the blue Search key at the bottom right.
  5. Tap the album art for the podcast.
  6. Tap the Reviews tab.
  7. Tap Write a Review at the bottom.
  8. Enter your iTunes password to login.
  9. Tap the Stars to leave a rating.
  10. Enter title text and content to leave a review.
  11. Tap Send.
Apr 11, 2017

In the ever changing world of business we've seen lots of trends come and go. More recently a movement of mostly female entrepreneurs has emerged describing themselves as being "heart centered" - and we totally love the phrase

However, it seems like many people struggle with thinking that being heart centered and profitable in business are mutually exclusive. In this episode, NJ and I are digging into what it really means to be heart centered, and how you can do so without selling yourself or your business short.

Listen + subscribe on iTunes // Stitcher

Let's unpack what exactly heart centered IS about.....

The golden rule & paying it forward

In the beginning of our conversation NJ talks about how the way that she loves to infuse her heart into her business is by mentoring other women who are just starting out in a similar space that she did. She says it's to her to be generous with her knowledge in that way because she views it as "paying it forward" since someone invested in her freely when she was just starting.

To her, it's not a sacrifice to mentor these women, but a gift she enjoys giving that she knows makes a direct impact. This is how she feels most led to give of herself, and when it comes to her actual work - she never does it for free, because she has to earn a living!

When considering being "heart centered" you also want to remember that people and their knowledge and skills and passions are valuable, just like you and yours are, and it's important to treat others the way you want to be treated. (That means always being ready to pay people!)

Being generous is ways that actually make an impact

It can be easy for us to think that in order to be good people or business owners we need to give things away, when in reality, what makes us heart centered isn't simply the act of giving....but rather, being mindful of what and how we are giving.

Consider the actual impact of what you're thinking of giving someone. Will it really help them? Or could it possibly hinder their progress in their own life journey? Is it actually going to meet a need for them in a way that will move them forward?

There’s a reason why every single successful entrepreneur talks about how the journey is the important part, not necessarily the finish lines. Make sure that, in your attempts to be generous and "heart centered" you're not robbing someone else of their opportunity to get scrappy on behalf of their dreams and growth.

Being honest with yourself & others

Another part of being heart centered is being honest about where you’re at all the time - with both yourself and others! Don't say yes to things because you feel like you "should." Doing that wastes everyone's time.

Understand what will serve both you and others, then do more of that and less of anything else. Be honest about what is actually purposeful and what is just people-pleasing, guilt or obligation.

And now let's look at what heart centered IS NOT about....

Giving yourself away for free

When giving stuff away for free you have to consider what your long range objectives and end game are. There are tons of ways to be generous and heart centered without "ripping yourself off," as NJ put it.

Always weigh the cost of what you're considering giving away and whether there is a positive tradeoff in terms of your life and business.

You, your skills and your work are valuable - there is no rule anywhere that says you to be a good person you have to give yourself away for free!

Being a heart centered business owner isn't about giving yourself away for free....it's about bringing your best self to the table, at the service of others, and being driven to make other peoples' lives better by living yours the best way you can.

When you know and own your worth, others will reflect that back to you.

Making decisions from your heart

We want to wrap up by clearing up the misnomer that being heart centered means making decisions about your business from your heart. It doesn't mean you should make decisions based on what feels like you're giving from a place of love.

In order to be heart centered about who you serve, you have to be head centered and gut centered about how you're building your business so that you have the space and resources to use your heart when it makes sense.

Sponsor Spotlight: Thinkific

You all know just how much I love online courses and think that anyone with knowledge or expertise in an area should take that knowledge and turn it into a resource to share with others.

That’s why I’m SO pumped to share Thinkific with you, the online course platform that I use and love for all Boss Mom courses.

Thinkific is dedicated to helping businesses grow through online education, and helping you easily create, market and sell online courses. This easy to use, all-inclusive resource will change your life – seriously.

Go check out boss-mom.com/thinkific to learn more and try Thinkific FREE for 1 month.

Connect with Dana & NJ

We love hearing from you!

If you’ve got a question about today’s episode or want to leave us some inbox love, you can email us at hello@boss-mom.com. Or, you can always find Dana hanging out in her happy place, the Boss Mom Facebook Community. 

We would also LOVE it if you’d leave a podcast rating or review for us on iTunes! We know it can be kind of tricky to figure out, so here are a few step-by-step instructions on how to leave an iTunes rating or review for a podcast from your iPhone or iPad.

  1. Launch Apple’s Podcast app.
  2. Tap the Search tab.
  3. Enter the name of the podcast you want to rate or review.
  4. Tap the blue Search key at the bottom right.
  5. Tap the album art for the podcast.
  6. Tap the Reviews tab.
  7. Tap Write a Review at the bottom.
  8. Enter your iTunes password to login.
  9. Tap the Stars to leave a rating.
  10. Enter title text and content to leave a review.
  11. Tap Send.
Apr 7, 2017

Totally gotcha with the title, didn't I? I know...and it was completely intentional ;) In case you haven't noticed, over the past few years the 50 Shades of Gray books and movies have taken the world by storm - and for good reason! In terms of subject matter, they are pretty controversial, but clearly people have eaten it up.

Recently I had a conversation with a friend chatting about some interesting correlations I see between business and themes from the book/movie series and decided to dive into them from a business perspective to hopefully entertain you a little bit while imparting some serious golden nuggets.

Listen + subscribe on iTunes // Stitcher

A few lessons we can learn from 50 Shades of Gray that apply to business....

1. Everybody has a match

The truth is, no matter how crazy you think your freak flag is, someone else is secretly flying that same freak flag and is a great match for you. But if you never fly yours, how will they find you?

Don't ever stop being yourself or hide the true you away because you're afraid of what other people think or that they won't "get" you. I promise that their are people out there who will totally get you, and those are the people you want in your life and as part of your business.

The point isn't that you can be more helpful when you're being yourself (although that's true!) The point is that everyone has a match out there and when we are authentically ourselves, in life AND business, we will attract the right kinds of people for us.....even if it's kinky or strange ;)

2. Our past doesn't have to dictate our future

Just because something you did before totally tanked doesn't mean the next thing you're doing is going to totally tank! Case in point: I thought the first 50 Shades of Gray movie was completely awful. But things changed and evolved, and the second movie I absolutely loved.

It's the same in our businesses. Just because we produce something that fails or doesn't work as well as we were hoping, doesn't mean everything we're ever going to do will have the same result.

If we do it right, we learn from our mistakes, learn what didn't work, and move forward. We have to keep trying, keep going keep moving forward because we never know when the thing we make is going to totally explode and be amazing. Don’t let hiccups from the past keep you from building the next thing.

3. Know your audience

It's super obvious that the 50 Shades franchise has been so wildly successful because they knew what their audience wanted - to feel like they could relinquish control and have some of the weight of constant decision-making taken of their plates. Women everywhere dream of living a free, exciting, exhilarating life which is the kind of picture that was painted in these books and movies.

In business it's important to know who you're trying to reach, what they need and what they want. We need to know the trigger points that will draw people in, keep them excited and coming back for more time and time again. It's our job to paint a picture of the world they want to live in....and make it a possibility for them.

4. Make people's lives easier

From a business perspective what probably ALL people want at some point or another is freedom of the weight of constant decision-making. That's the whole premise behind the 50 Shades of Gray story. As business owners we want to be Christian Gray.....we want our people to trust us and know that we have their best interests in mind and will take care of them.

What we need to offer is an easier way, an easier path, an easier solution. Then we need to back it up with accountability and support and love. Following that formula, I guarantee anything you do will have the right people coming back time and time again. 

Episode Sponsor: Boss Mom Facebook Group

Are you ready to connect with an absolutely AMAZING community of over 15,000 incredible boss moms for some fun, friendship, connection and tons of support (and dance parties!)??

Click here to join us in the Boss Moms Facebook group - and be sure to let us know what you thought about this episode, we just love your feedback ;)

Connect with Dana

We love hearing from you!

If you’ve got a question about today’s episode or want to leave us some inbox love, you can email us at hello@boss-mom.com. Or, you can always find Dana hanging out in her happy place, the Boss Mom Facebook Community. 

We would also LOVE it if you’d leave a podcast rating or review for us on iTunes! We know it can be kind of tricky to figure out, so here are a few step-by-step instructions on how to leave an iTunes rating or review for a podcast from your iPhone or iPad.

  1. Launch Apple’s Podcast app.
  2. Tap the Search tab.
  3. Enter the name of the podcast you want to rate or review.
  4. Tap the blue Search key at the bottom right.
  5. Tap the album art for the podcast.
  6. Tap the Reviews tab.
  7. Tap Write a Review at the bottom.
  8. Enter your iTunes password to login.
  9. Tap the Stars to leave a rating.
  10. Enter title text and content to leave a review.
  11. Tap Send.
Apr 6, 2017

Ladies, hold onto your seats for this episode because you are about to have your world rocked (in the best way). Today I am diving deep into topics like mental health and racial reconciliation with Monique Melton, a relationships coach, Creator of the Esther 4:14 Experience, speaker and author of EntrepreFriendships.

For Monique, all of her work is central to building relationships and helping women do the work they're called to do. She is a natural big, bold dreamer, a deeply rooted woman of faith, a proud Navy wife and mama to two little ones who believes it's not about your comfort - it's about your growth (which I just LOVE!)

Seriously, you are going to want to tune in for this one. I promise you will be challenged and stretched and have your eyes opened in a way that will help you proactively move forward with purpose in how you live your life and run your business as a boss mom.

Listen + subscribe on iTunes // Stitcher

Monique's Boss Mom Journey

Monique's journey as a boss mom began in college roughly ten years ago when she worked as a professional makeup artist while studying sociology and psychology, before going on to study two years of graduate level clinical counseling at John's Hopkins University.

Over the past ten years she's graduated college, gotten married, had two babies, stopped doing makeup, and grown into the place she's at now where she really focuses on helping women create community and thriving relationships as their develop brands and businesses that make an impact.

She talks about how she's gotten to a place of being able to combine #allthethings she loves into her business, which is what it's all about for her.

When discussing her entry into motherhood, Monique describes it as being completely devastating due to a traumatic first birth experience, and struggling with postpartum mood disorder after both of her pregnancies.

“I used to feel like motherhood destroyed my life.” (7:38)

She shares though, that now she's come to realize that motherhood was the best thing that's ever happened to her because it has forced her to grow and stretch and learn, and challenged her to rise above everything she thought she knew about herself to become who she was created to be.

After the birth of both children she took a break away from work, which meant that when she was ready to return she had to go through seasons of rebuilding. These seasons helped her grow to value taking time to think through and reflect on how you're spending your life.

“I really appreciate taking time out to reflect and to think and process, and to not necessarily do but to just let yourself experience quiet and calm and just really hear what is next, and what is going on in your heart.” (9:35)

After the birth of her second daughter, she really questioned what she was doing and what she wanted to do with her life, which is what lead to her walking out what she's doing now.

She mentions that it's important for us to be open to that reflective process because we are constantly changing and evolving, and that needs to be reflected in everything we do.

Integrating Your Passions with Your Business

Struggling through seasons of mental illness really "put a monkey wrench" into things, Monique shares, but overcoming it has led to her becoming a much more compassionate and loving person.

“I did not go through that to keep it for myself. We’re all connected and so to keep your experiences for yourself, I feel like that’s selfish. We’re not living a life to live it alone, so if my experience is not just about me, how dare I keep it to myself because I’m afraid of what people might think?” 12:51

Monique is a living example of infusing what matters to you into the work you do, and she cares deeply about building strong relationships, normalizing conversation around mental health, and normalizing conversation around racial reconciliation.

Regarding mental health, she has this to say (which is amazing):

“You might still have disturbing thoughts or you might still have seasons of depression. It doesn’t mean that something’s wrong with you or you’re broken and all these things. It just means that this is a part of your journey and that it can get better. There’s certain things that you’re going to need to do in order to cope, and that’s fine - you don’t need to compare yourself to anyone else." (13:51)

Monique also feels similarly about building real, true connected community by having open, honest, respectful conversations about the struggles that we all face every day with race, religion, etc.

“Well if we don’t talk about it, how are we possibly going to heal and come together?” (14:27)

At the end of the day, she says, it all comes down to relationships and love, which is what she's all about.

The Importance of Having Hard Conversations

I love this analogy that Monique mentions comparing how we care for our relationships to how we care for our bodies. If you only feed your body the things you want or crave, you'll never live a truly healthy, fruitful, fulfilling life of longevity.

It's the same with relationships. If we avoid having real, tough conversations and only do what makes us happy or what feels comfortable in our relationships, that's not actually what's best for us. Over time we won't be able to interact relationally at an optimal level and we'll miss out on true connectivity.

"You can’t have connection without trust, vulnerability, open and honest communication.” (17:56)

We were created for community and to be in relationships, Monique expresses, and in our age of technology we've lost a lot of that real connection....which is why she's so passionate about correcting that through having honest, raw, vulnerable conversations that bring people together instead of continuing to push people further apart.

On Integrating Racial Reconciliation with Business

During this portion of our conversation, things start to get really interesting because Monique presents me with some really challenging points of view to consider when comparing my experience of life as a white woman in America with her experience of life as a black woman in America.

She shares some beautiful thoughts on the focus needing to be about all women joining together as sisters to engage in compassionate conversation and elevate each others' voices, which is how she believes healing can begin to take place.

She also strongly believes in the value of everyone making a conscious effort to open up conversations surrounding these topics in your business space and community, even suggesting that it's irresponsible not to.

Monique posed the thought that, if we say we want to build community where people feel safe, loved and supported, but we aren't demonstrating care for the issues that affect everyone on a daily basis, we aren't truly able to serve our communities well.

What YOU Can Do

You know we're all about practicality here, so Monique has a few great recommendations for how to move forward with purposeful action after listening to this episode.

The first thing is to actively seek out opportunities to engage in constructive, compassionate conversation with people of different backgrounds and perspectives. She says it's about education, enlightenment and figuring out together what we can do to identify actionable steps forward.

She also encourages us to be bold and courageous because there is no easy or perfect, right way to make these conversations happen. We just have to show up and do it from a place of love and humility.

Lastly, she mentions something profound, which is learning to take note of your behavior and perspective when building community. You want to focus on creating an INVITING atmosphere, not just a welcoming one. Monique says there is a difference between become welcome somewhere and being invited, which is what people really crave - the invitation.

Recommended Reading to Learn More about Racial Reconciliation

Referenced in the Show:

(Just FYI, some of these links may be affiliate links, which means if you make a purchase using the links I may receive some love in return!)

Connect with Dana + Monique

We love hearing from you!

If you’ve got a question about today’s episode or want to leave us some inbox love, you can email us at hello@boss-mom.com. Or, you can always find Dana hanging out in her happy place, the Boss Mom Facebook Community. 

We would also LOVE it if you’d leave a podcast rating or review for us on iTunes! We know it can be kind of tricky to figure out, so here are a few step-by-step instructions on how to leave an iTunes rating or review for a podcast from your iPhone or iPad.

  1. Launch Apple’s Podcast app.
  2. Tap the Search tab.
  3. Enter the name of the podcast you want to rate or review.
  4. Tap the blue Search key at the bottom right.
  5. Tap the album art for the podcast.
  6. Tap the Reviews tab.
  7. Tap Write a Review at the bottom.
  8. Enter your iTunes password to login.
  9. Tap the Stars to leave a rating.
  10. Enter title text and content to leave a review.
  11. Tap Send. 
Apr 4, 2017

Self care is one of those things we boss moms often talk about.....a lot more than we actually do. Am I right?? Boss mom life is not for the faint of heart as we constantly try to juggle #allthethings with as much grace as possible.

In today's episode you'll hear super real conversation surrounding the realities of self care (or lack thereof!) and some of our thoughts and ideas on how to get practical and start making self care a greater priority.

Listen + subscribe on iTunes // Stitcher

 

When you go through seasons in your life or business where you're really stressed out, not taking good care of yourself, and constantly running, it's inevitable to experience the emotional peaks and valleys that come from feeling like life is outside of your control.

The baseline things like rest, hydration, nutrition, exercise and recovery time are often the things that we give up first in the name of doing for other before ourselves.

There's a problem, however, when we let that response become our default instead of prioritizing our own self care so that we can more effectively serve and give as we live our lives.

When we talk about self care, we really aren't talking about the special, pampering things like massages and pedicures (although those things are nice too!) We are really talking about it from a perspective of taking a real, honest look at how you're doing and filling the gaps between where you're at and where you need to be.

Here are a few questions to ask yourself to get started on the road to better self care, especially when you find yourself in a season of push, which you'll hear us talk about a LOT in this episode (because hey, that's where I am right now!)

1. What is working?

It's easy when you feel run down, worn out and ragged to feel like nothing is working and everything is a mess. We've all been there, right? But always keep this thought in your back pocket: the only thing that is ever the end of the world is the end of the world.

Start first by assessing your life and finding the things that are working in this season. Celebrate those things, magnify them and make a point to give those areas more attention. What we focus on multiplies, so choose well!

2. What isn't working

Now it's time to get real and figure out what just isn't working so you can figure out how to problem solve and fill the gaps. The place to start is by identifying the things in your life that don't feel good or are resulting in less than stellar outcomes.

For example, if I judged whether I was getting enough sleep by my productivity, I wouldn't necessarily think there was an issue. But when I judge it based on my level of patience with my kids or overall ability to cope with life, it's much easier to notice that lack of sleep is causing issues.

Take the time regularly to assess what isn't working so you can address it and make the necessary adjustments.

3. What matters MOST?

Too often we sacrifice the things that matter most and kill ourself doing things that.....*drumroll*.....don't really matter! Now what kind of sense does that make??

Remember when you decided to become your own boss so you could be the one in charge and create something that allowed you to live in freedom? You get to do that in your LIFE, not just your business! Decide what's most important, and set your priorities up to reflect that.

At the end of the day, when you can answer (truthfully!) each of these questions, you'll be well on your way to making things better. Good self care begins with good self awareness....and all that's left to do is mix in a healthy dose of purposeful action.

There are tons of steps that you can take to improve your approach to caring for yourself, but here are a few ideas to get you started.....

1. Find support

For me, hiring a team has been my greatest form of self care because it has made the greatest impact on my ability to balance life and business better. For you, it may be factoring in more time with friends, or getting yourself into therapy or joining a new fitness class. Whatever it may be, make sure that you feel supported, so that while you try to care for yourself well, others can come alongside and care for you too.

2. Let things go

Sometimes the best self care starts with letting things go because they aren't sustainable or the things that matter most. It might be scary, but don't let fear keep you stuck in places that aren't good for you. Be realistic about the season you're in, and go back to your answers to the questions above when you need direction about what to keep and what to let go.

3. Set boundaries

Along with letting things go, it's super important to learn how and when to say no and set good boundaries (which, admittedly, I stink at!) And it's not just about setting boundaries for yourself - it's about setting boundaries with others too. How you treat yourself is how you will train others to treat you.

Bottom line: you are WORTH taking care of, and in order to thrive as a person and a CEO, you need to start taking better care of yourself TODAY. It can feel easier to continue to self sabotage rather than be honest with yourself and create better habits, but you will inevitably burn out and be totally useless to yourself and everyone else. And you were made for so much more than that.

 

Referenced in the Show:

(Just FYI, some of these links may be affiliate links, which means if you make a purchase using the links I may receive some love in return!)

Sponsor Spotlight: Thinkific

You all know just how much I love online courses and think that anyone with knowledge or expertise in an area should take that knowledge and turn it into a resource to share with others.

That's why I'm SO pumped to share Thinkific with you, the online course platform that I use and love for all Boss Mom courses.

Thinkific is dedicated to helping businesses grow through online education, and helping you easily create, market and sell online courses. This easy to use, all-inclusive resource will change your life - seriously.

Go check out boss-mom.com/thinkific to learn more and try Thinkific FREE for 1 month.

Connect with Dana & NJ

We love hearing from you!

If you’ve got a question about today’s episode or want to leave us some inbox love, you can email us at hello@boss-mom.com. Or, you can always find Dana hanging out in her happy place, the Boss Mom Facebook Community. 

We would also LOVE it if you’d leave a podcast rating or review for us on iTunes! We know it can be kind of tricky to figure out, so here are a few step-by-step instructions on how to leave an iTunes rating or review for a podcast from your iPhone or iPad.

  1. Launch Apple’s Podcast app.
  2. Tap the Search tab.
  3. Enter the name of the podcast you want to rate or review.
  4. Tap the blue Search key at the bottom right.
  5. Tap the album art for the podcast.
  6. Tap the Reviews tab.
  7. Tap Write a Review at the bottom.
  8. Enter your iTunes password to login.
  9. Tap the Stars to leave a rating.
  10. Enter title text and content to leave a review.
  11. Tap Send.
Mar 31, 2017

Recently I was taking with someone about this subject who suggested that it would make a great podcast episode - and I totally agreed, so here we are!

Knowing and understanding the concept of opportunity cost in both life and business is super important, and in this episode I'm breaking down what exactly it is, how to assess it and how to use it as a tool to make better decisions.

Listen + subscribe on iTunes // Stitcher

If you have ever been in business, sales, gambled or just know someone who likes this phrase, then you’ve heard the term opportunity cost before.

Here's how I like to think about: opportunity cost is the cost of continuing on one path at the expense of a pursuing a potentially better path.

You know I love a good analogy, so here are a few real life, practical examples of opportunity cost that might help you grasp the concept a little better.

Example 1:

If you are gambling, there is an opportunity cost to continuing to put money into the pot even when you think your hand won’t win, simply because you’re already invested.

At some point you have to recognize and evaluate the opportunity cost, cut your losses and run otherwise you'll continue to bleed money and lose the game entirely.

Here's another example for you....

Example 2:

Let's say you're dating someone that you know isn’t right for you long-term, but you're staying because you've invested time, energy and emotions into the relationship.

The longer you stay, the greater the opportunity cost because you're potentially missing out on the opportunity for something that would be much better for you in the long run.

Example 3:

If more time freedom is important to you in your business, but all you're spending all your time trading hours for dollars as opposed to creating passive income streams, your opportunity cost will grow higher every day that you continue that pattern.

The Reality

We have to learn how to consistently measure the opportunity cost of what we’re trading now at the expense of something better.

If you never stop and make that assessment you’re always going to be stuck in the same rate race.

In any area of life or business that isn't working the way you want it, there is an opportunity cost involved with not addressing it, and we need to know what that is in order to make better decisions and appropriate pivots.

Start by asking yourself what situations you may be dealing with right now that are costing you better potential opportunity? What are you holding onto that would be better moved on from or switched up?

One thing I want to mention: there should hopefully be some things in your life and business that you don't need to count the opportunity cost for, because it's working and you're happy. Don't look for problems where there aren't any. Just be happy!

However, for the other things that you aren’t 100% positive about, you need to develop a process for deciding when it's best to cut your losses and change course OR what deciding factors are going to help you continue moving forward.

And hey....if you've just been skimming through this article without actually listening to the podcast, now's the part where you need to click play because I'm sharing a SUPER personal story about why I really wanted to name this episode "Don't Wait Until Your Business Throws a Spoon at You." Trust me.....you want to listen ;)

We invest a lot into our businesses, just as we invest a lot into our families. We love what we create and usually feel a massive connection to the investments we've made. This is all normal and fine.

Just don’t feel let those feelings keep you stuck in patterns that aren't working out in your favor. Learn how to recognize the opportunity cost of what you're doing and how to cut your losses and move on to bigger, better things when it's time.

Episode Sponsor: Raising Your Business

Raising Your Business is an 8-week self-guided course that walks you step-by-step through the 10-point path you need to follow in order to raise and nurture a truly successful business.

This program is perfect for you if you’ve started your business, but don’t feel like you are super clear on how you will structure your brand, programs, pricing, and content. If you know what you want, but don’t know how to get there, then this is a great fit!

If you want to know more about Raising Your Business, be sure to check out my newest live workshop, Your 10 Point Path to Raise a Successful Business, where I will walk you through the process to ensure you’re raising your business the right way. Save your spot today!

Connect with Dana

We love hearing from you!

If you’ve got a question about today’s episode or want to leave us some inbox love, you can email us at hello@boss-mom.com. Or, you can always find Dana hanging out in her happy place, the Boss Mom Facebook Community. 

We would also LOVE it if you’d leave a podcast rating or review for us on iTunes! We know it can be kind of tricky to figure out, so here are a few step-by-step instructions on how to leave an iTunes rating or review for a podcast from your iPhone or iPad.

  1. Launch Apple’s Podcast app.
  2. Tap the Search tab.
  3. Enter the name of the podcast you want to rate or review.
  4. Tap the blue Search key at the bottom right.
  5. Tap the album art for the podcast.
  6. Tap the Reviews tab.
  7. Tap Write a Review at the bottom.
  8. Enter your iTunes password to login.
  9. Tap the Stars to leave a rating.
  10. Enter title text and content to leave a review.
  11. Tap Send.
Mar 31, 2017

Money and personal finance is something that can make a lot of people's heads spin, and chances are you may be one of them! Today's guest is the amazing Jen Hemphill, a Motivational Money Coach, an AFC® (Accredited Financial Counselor) and host of the Her Money Matters Podcast.

Jen is super passionate about helping busy, ambitious women transform their finances from being overwhelming to bringing joy, simplicity, and confidence. When she's not talking money, she enjoys photography, coffee, chocolate, traveling, working out and spending time with her husband and two boys.

I just know you're going to love what she has to say, so go ahead and jump in below!

Listen + subscribe on iTunes // Stitcher

Jen's Boss Mom Journey

Jen describes the start of her journey beginning back in 2000 when she married her husband, becoming a military spouse and living in the middle of nowhere.

Soon after, Jen recognized that it would be impossible to sustain career stability for herself, so she began brainstorming what she could do moving forward, also knowing she and her husband would soon begin growing their family.

“I wanted to have my cake and eat it too. I wanted to be at home with the kids, and I wanted to have a career.” (1:43)

When her oldest child was born a few years later, she made the decision to stop working (a difficult decision at the time as she earning more at her job than her husband).

Despite going from two incomes to one and bringing in substantially less income, she dove in, managed the money well and made it work (though she couldn't tell you how, now!)

Over time she became sought after by friends, family and others for financial advice as people saw the kind of lifestyle Jen and her family were able to live on their reduced income. And that's when the entrepreneurial bug bit.

“I realized that was really my calling, that was my strength - being able to teach people about personal finance.” (4:55)

What is Personal Finance Exactly?

Jen explains that personal finance isn't just about budgeting, saving money, paying off debt, etc. It's ultimately about learning to become your own money expert over time.

There are so many wonderful money gurus out there to learn and glean from, and they give fantastic advice. But the problem is that we often tend to hold tightly to the one size fits all principles shared by these gurus and forget to tune into OUR needs and desires financially.

“The money experts out there are experts in money, but they’re not experts in you.” (6:19)

The backbone of Jen's business is empowering women to really learn how to become their own money expert by staying tuned into their wants and desires and being specific and intentional in setting and reaching their financial goals.

She encouraged women to look at things with a long-term, big picture perspective and have a holistic approach to how you handle your finances.

Keep it Simple & Do What Works

The simplification of personal finance is something that can feel overwhelming and out of reach for a lot of people, which is why Jen is so passionate about keeping things as simple as possible.

She says that's "her thing," stating, "the simpler it gets, the better it is!"

We discuss the reality that complicated spreadsheets aren't the only way to go about managing your money, and the importance of figuring out the tools and systems that will actually work because you use them.

How to Budget & Save Realistically

Jen's first bit of advice when I asked her about where to start from a practical standpoint with realistic budgeting, is to acknowledge the fact that, like you, your finances are a work in progress.

"I still mess up, and I'm transparent about that."

But don't let the setbacks, missteps and mistakes hold you back from moving forward and growing.

She says for most people, budgeting the fixed expenses is the easy part. It's the variable expenses that are harder to manage and get people overwhelmed to a point of just ignoring their financial planning instead of owning it.

Jen encourages us to be intentional about making decisions regarding how much money we will spend on things, breaking it down into consistent monthly numbers and then separating that money and treating it like bill money. Getting things automated would be even better!

When it comes to saving, you also need to treat that money like part of the bills. Come up with research rough estimates, and then break your total number down based on the number of months you'll need to save for something.

Get it automated by using something like a virtual envelope system, which will allow you to "set it and forget it" as you watch the money accumulate and you never have to worry about those variable (and sometimes unpredictable!) expenses.

Managing Family, Finance & Business

When I asked Jen how she manages juggling all the things she does, her answer was:

“I ask myself, ‘How did I get myself into this?!” (28:49)

She goes on to share her struggle with prioritizing self care and has been actively trying to improve in that area of her life because she knows it makes a world of difference.

One of the biggest things she has worked through in recent years is learning to give herself permission and grace to not have to do it all and be perfect, advice that we could all stand to take to heart as the hardworking boss moms we are.

Referenced in the Show:

(Just FYI, some of these links may be affiliate links, which means if you make a purchase using the links I may receive some love in return!)

Episode Sponsor: Trello

Are you tired of trying (and feeling like you're failing) at juggling #allthethings in your life and business? I've totally been there, but the day I discovered Trello my life (and business!) completely changed - for the better!

To show you what I'm talking about, I've put together an epic FREE training on how exactly I use Trello to organize my life and business and manage my team like a total Boss Mom!

Over 6,000 women have used this training to bring more balance, organization, peace and productivity to their lives and businesses, and I want YOU to be next. Click here to get instant access now.

PS: Did I mention it's totally free? The training AND Trello itself! #winning

Connect with Dana + Jen

We love hearing from you!

If you’ve got a question about today’s episode or want to leave us some inbox love, you can email us at hello@boss-mom.com. Or, you can always find Dana hanging out in her happy place, the Boss Mom Facebook Community. 

We would also LOVE it if you’d leave a podcast rating or review for us on iTunes! We know it can be kind of tricky to figure out, so here are a few step-by-step instructions on how to leave an iTunes rating or review for a podcast from your iPhone or iPad.

  1. Launch Apple’s Podcast app.
  2. Tap the Search tab.
  3. Enter the name of the podcast you want to rate or review.
  4. Tap the blue Search key at the bottom right.
  5. Tap the album art for the podcast.
  6. Tap the Reviews tab.
  7. Tap Write a Review at the bottom.
  8. Enter your iTunes password to login.
  9. Tap the Stars to leave a rating.
  10. Enter title text and content to leave a review.
  11. Tap Send.
Mar 28, 2017

A huge part of running a successful business and embracing your role as CEO of your business is learning how to become a good decision-maker. But let's be honest: knowing how to make the best decisions for both your business and your life can be super hard.

In this episode NJ and I are exploring a few thoughts and strategies for determining what things should get your "yes" and what things should get your "no" in business. 

Listen + subscribe on iTunes // Stitcher

Specifically, we are diving into how you can best decide which opportunities you're going to pursue, and which opportunities you're not. NJ and I both have different internal default settings and varying strengths and weaknesses, so you're going to get a great, well-rounded perspective into this tricky subject!

Here are a few solid questions to help you in your decision-making process.

1. Do you have the capacity?

Knowing your capacity and bandwidth is SUPER important, because if you aren't honest with yourself and others in this area, you're going to consistently over-promise, under-deliver and overwork yourself at the expense of what matters most (typically your self care, your family, etc).

2. Does it align with your business goals?

You can't (and shouldn't!) say yes to everything, so be really clear about why you're saying yes. Does the opportunity you're considering make sense with regard to what your business goals are? Ask yourself three sub-questions here: What are my business goals? How would this opportunity support my goals? Will this opportunity set me back from meeting my goals in any way?

3. Will it move your business forward?

This stems from the last question about aligning with your goals. When you know what your goals are, then you can determine if the opportunities you're considering will significantly move your business forward in any way. At the very least, you don't want to set yourself back. Ideally, you want to save your "yes" for those opportunities that will really move you and your business forward.

4. Does it fit within your schedule constraints?

This is an obvious one, but we too often act like our schedules have no limitations (when really, the exact opposite is true and time after time we sacrifice things of great importance.) Consider whether your schedule can really accommodate the opportunities you're considering. What will the effect of saying yes have on you? What about your family? Others?

5. Is the cost worth it?

Determine how much it will cost to say yes to an opportunity, and work backwards to figure out whether the tradeoff will be worth it. Maybe something that has a high initial cost is worth it because of a beneficial long-term payout. But maybe it will just be a lot of money spent with nothing really substantial to show for it from an investment perspective. Be rational when considering whether something is worth investing your time, energy and finances in.

6. Is it going to serve your position as an expert in your niche?

You want to be strategic in everything you do and sometimes opportunities will arise that won't serve you and the platform you're trying to build for yourself. Think about how saying yes to something will position you to look to others. Will it improve people's perception of you or damage it?

7. How will you be able to leverage it?

Know with a decent amount of certainty the specifics of how you will leverage an opportunity long-term before you say yes. If you can't leverage something, it's probably not going to be worth your "yes."

Referenced in the Show:

(Just FYI, some of these links may be affiliate links, which means if you make a purchase using the links I may receive some love in return!)

Connect with Dana & NJ

We love hearing from you!

If you’ve got a question about today’s episode or want to leave us some inbox love, you can email us at hello@boss-mom.com. Or, you can always find Dana hanging out in her happy place, the Boss Mom Facebook Community. 

We would also LOVE it if you’d leave a podcast rating or review for us on iTunes! We know it can be kind of tricky to figure out, so here are a few step-by-step instructions on how to leave an iTunes rating or review for a podcast from your iPhone or iPad.

  1. Launch Apple’s Podcast app.
  2. Tap the Search tab.
  3. Enter the name of the podcast you want to rate or review.
  4. Tap the blue Search key at the bottom right.
  5. Tap the album art for the podcast.
  6. Tap the Reviews tab.
  7. Tap Write a Review at the bottom.
  8. Enter your iTunes password to login.
  9. Tap the Stars to leave a rating.
  10. Enter title text and content to leave a review.
  11. Tap Send.
Mar 24, 2017

Do you have a hard time stepping away or taking time off from your business? You are not alone my friend. As entrepreneurs we live very different lives from our traditionally employed counterparts, in that we are ultimately responsible for and affected by everything that happens with our businesses.

Woah, that's a lot of pressure, can I get an amen?! In this episode I'm sharing 3 things we can do as business owners to help combat the "separation anxiety" we often experience, so that we can move forward in continuing to grow our businesses without experiencing as much of the worry or stress that can go along with it.

Listen + subscribe on iTunes // Stitcher

I don't know about you, but I have personally had some experiences since becoming an entrepreneur where other people who aren't entrepreneurs just didn't "get" the way I am or the way my life works.

I've even been accused of working too much, not being able to step away from my business, being on my phone too much and not having healthy boundaries. (And yes, if you're wondering, those kinds of words do hurt).

Non-entrepreneurs often don’t get it. We live in a different world where the weight of all the things rest solely on us, as opposed to only being responsible for the execution of someone else’s vision. We can’t just clock out and forget about it because our tasks are done.

The reality is that, as business owners, we often wear all the hats. We are the CEO, the manager, the doer, etc. And that reality makes it really difficult to completely turn things off and step away.

When we have people and projects to manage in our business, and the accountability for those people and projects falls to us, there is a great level of ownership involved.....so it's no wonder why fear, worry and anxiety can often come into play.

Entrepreneurism is not just about doing what you love or what you’re passionate about, or finding your gift and monetizing it. Business is about making decisions and taking ownership of everything that means. THAT is what we signed up for. Which, by definition, is really darn scary.

If ever you feel like you're alone, I want you to remember that you. are. not. Even really successful people experience the same kind of intimidation about the weight of their level of ownership and accountability for the effects of their decisions.

To combat that scary feeling, successful people are intentional about surrounding themselves with people who get it AND who are sharp and give them greater confidence in their decision making.

In addition to surrounding yourself by other positive, encouraging, smart and successful entrepreneurs who understand the journey you're on and can help bolster your confidence as a business owner, you can also do the following 3 things to help stave off feelings of separation anxiety from your business.

1. Know your deadlines

I am a BIG fan of mapping out everything in your life and business on an annual calendar, because it requires you to make well-thought out and well-planed decisions for both your life and business for an entire year. It eliminates the element of surprise that can often contribute to feels of worry or anxiety. When you know what's coming next, you can more easily let the small things go because you're focused on the big pictures.

In addition to planning out your annual calendar, I strongly encourage you to revisit and reexamine it regularly. Make adjustments as you need to- nothing has to be permanently set in stone! The point is to make decisions about things before they come up, so you can rest easy and feel like you have more space for the unexpected things that really ARE out of your control.

If you don't feel confident in your ability to map your annual calendar out, find a person or resource that can help you get things nailed down. Find who or what you need for decisions support (my new webinar training Your 10 Point Path to Raising a Successful Business is all about this!)

2. Know your business' different cries

As business owners, just as with being moms, it's critical to learn the difference between our business' different signals or cries. There are usually two categories that most issues fall under: the urgent and the important. Usually we end up spending the most time on the urgent, those fires that constantly pop up needing put out right away. Typically the urgent isn't actually that important in the long run, but we spend most of our time there.

When we shift our focus to what's actually important, coupled with knowing what's coming next down the pipeline, we are better able to accomplish what we really need to without feeling the constant need to be a firefighter in our businesses. We want to live as much as possible in the place where things are important, but don’t feel urgent.

When something comes up in your business, ask yourself why it feels like a fire so you can determine if it actually is a fire that demands your attention. Can it wait? If so, make it wait! We waste time feeling like we have to be present all the time, doing whatever we can to put out all the fires that come up.

But just like we do a disservice to answering every little whimper our kids make, we do a disservice to our business by not teaching it and equipping it to resolve things on its own. Certain cries require an immediate response, and others don't. Learn the difference in your business.

3. Be proud of yourself

Have you ever heard of positive and negative emotional attractors? Did you know that it takes on average 5 positive experiences to outweigh the impact on 1 negative experience? That's crazy....but valuable information.

Taking time to regularly reflect on all you've accomplished, how far you've come and how hard you've worked can make a world of difference in your outlook. When we develop a practice of celebrating ourselves and our businesses, we become much less likely to focus on the negative things that inevitably arise in favor of remembering that, even though challenges will come, everything will be alright.

Tell yourself every day that everything will be okay. You and your business are going to survive until tomorrow. Nothing except the end of the world is ever the end of the world.

And just remember: there really is no such thing as work/life balance. BUT we can make decisions that helps us be decisive so we can avoid separation anxiety and just be good leaders, entrepreneurs, CEOs, etc.

Referenced in the Show:

(Just FYI, some of these links may be affiliate links, which means if you make a purchase using the links I may receive some love in return!)

Episode Sponsor: Raising Your Business

Raising Your Business is an 8-week self-guided course that walks you step-by-step through the 10-point path you need to follow in order to raise and nurture a truly successful business.

This program is perfect for you if you’ve started your business, but don’t feel like you are super clear on how you will structure your brand, programs, pricing, and content. If you know what you want, but don’t know how to get there, then this is a great fit!

If you want to know more about Raising Your Business, be sure to check out my newest live workshop, Your 10 Point Path to Raise a Successful Business, where I will walk you through the process to ensure you’re raising your business the right way. Save your spot today!

Connect with Dana

We love hearing from you!

If you’ve got a question about today’s episode or want to leave us some inbox love, you can email us at hello@boss-mom.com. Or, you can always find Dana hanging out in her happy place, the Boss Mom Facebook Community. 

We would also LOVE it if you’d leave a podcast rating or review for us on iTunes! We know it can be kind of tricky to figure out, so here are a few step-by-step instructions on how to leave an iTunes rating or review for a podcast from your iPhone or iPad.

  1. Launch Apple’s Podcast app.
  2. Tap the Search tab.
  3. Enter the name of the podcast you want to rate or review.
  4. Tap the blue Search key at the bottom right.
  5. Tap the album art for the podcast.
  6. Tap the Reviews tab.
  7. Tap Write a Review at the bottom.
  8. Enter your iTunes password to login.
  9. Tap the Stars to leave a rating.
  10. Enter title text and content to leave a review.
  11. Tap Send.
Mar 23, 2017

In this episode I am having an awesome conversation with author Liz O'Donnell about the realities working moms face in the world today trying to balance home life and work.

Liz is is the general manager of Double Forte, a PR and digital marketing firm, as well as the author of Mogul, Mom & Maid: The Balancing Act of the Modern Woman, a book that examines the impact women’s personal lives have on their careers and the ways business can support working women.

Tune in for some very candid discussion that will be eye-opening at the least, and more than likely have you cheering from your seat!

Listen + subscribe on iTunes // Stitcher

Liz's Boss Mom Journey

Our conversation begins with Liz sharing a bit about her background, recounting that she always "wanted to want" to be a mother....but never actually wanted to. She felt like one day she may regret never having kids, but just didn't feel maternal.

Her husband was on board for not having any kids, and they went on their merry way as just a happily married couple.....until one day, he changed his mind! Liz got on board, got pregnant at age 35 and was shocked to discover she actually liked being a mom!

But, she also LOVED working (while her husband did not) so they came up with an arrangement they felt would work best for them: she would work full-time and he would be the stay-at-home dad.

As she developed and honed her skill set working in PR, social media and digital marketing, she was also doing the same in a few side ventures as well. In 2009 Liz started blogging, eventually wrote a book and recently shut down that original blog to start a new one called WorkingDaughter.com.

Now Liz's children are 12 and 14 and her husband is preparing to make his way back into the working world, but in the beginning when they were just figuring things out, everything looked a little different.

When she initially went back to work (after 10 weeks of maternity leave) her husband was still working so they had to juggle back and forth a little bit. She remembers finding a great daycare for her son, then getting laid off shortly after returning from maternity leave after having her daughter, which meant they would have to pull their son out of the daycare they loved and that he was thriving at.

It's experiences like these as a working mother that have fueled Liz's passion to examine and address the realities of working moms trying to balance it all in a culture that's not always been the easiest for working moms to navigate while having a real life.

The Path to Writing Her Book

Liz shares that she had always wanted to be a writer, so it was no surprise (especially after being a blogger) that she eventually ended up sitting down to pen her own book.

She knew that she had to write the book she did because of the things she had experienced as a working mom, and how widespread an issue the disparity between life for working moms and life for working dads had become.

She shares that there is countless data that shows women are still doing 40-60% more housework and childcare in the home, regardless of who's working.

“Nobody’s talking about this to the level that I want to talk about it.” (8:02)

We discuss how in our culture the public school system still operates under the assumption that there will be a parent at home during the day, and 9 times out of 10 if there is an emergency or need of some kind they default to reaching out to the mom first.

This is just one example, she says, of how women often get the short end of the stick when it comes to work/life balance and validation of their vocational status.

She also talks about the reality that, while women are often pulling more weight in terms of all the things they juggle between work and home life, it's painful and uncomfortable to feel upset or resentful at your spouse because most aren't bad people.....they've just grown up in a culture that has conditioned them to perceive and expect things to be a certain way.

Especially when there are often more variables at play than just one. Case in point: what Liz calls "maternal gatekeeping" which is where moms habitually jump in even when their partners are trying to be more involved and take ownership of responsibilities within the home, because they constantly feel like they could do a better job.

From Liz's perspective, we live in a society where most work cultures that expect you to check your "real life" at the door in the name of professionalism....which often hurts working moms in a different way than their working counterparts.

“I think what we really need is not just work/life policies, but we need work/life cultures, and they’re two different things.” (24:42)

Continuing the Journey

Since writing her book, she has shifted her focus a bit in starting her new blog and working on her new book that is about recognizing that there are 44 million people in this country giving unpaid elder care support (to parents, grandparents, etc).

Liz states that, as a culture, we need to solve the issue of work/life balance for everyone regardless of what their unique circumstances are (being parents, being elder caregivers, etc).

She proposes the introduction of a "don't ask, don't tell" policy in the workplace, which would enable you to excel at your job, while being able to take the time away from work to handle things in your personal life without being interrogated or made to feel like your job has to come before your personal obligations to your family.

“We’re not expected to be humans at work, we’re expected to be professional!” (31:09)

But the reality as moms and/or elder care givers is that we are all the things, all the time and shouldn't constantly be expected to take hats off in order to put other ones on.

What Women Can Do to Make Better Spaces for Themselves

In addition to advocating and championing policies like "don't ask, don't tell" in the workplace, Liz also suggests that women actively take care regarding their attitudes toward men.

She talks about how it can be easy to be resentful or angry at men across the board, but the reality is that if anything is going to change in our society, it will require the support and involvement of men.....and many men aren't trying to propagate these issues on purpose, so there should be a modicum of grace extended their way.

Liz also encourages women to constantly assess whether they are in a good space that is working for them, or if they're regularly having to give up too much of themselves and sacrifice their personal lives on the alter of their work lives.

“You don’t want to see women suffering and sacrificing themselves through the whole experience.” (37:33)

One of her favorite sayings is to "Put down the mop!" which she says means finding the things in your life that you can let go and move on from, because at the end of the day they don't actually matter that much!

Let go of the drive to prove to other people that you love your kids, or that your house is always neat and tidy, and so on. At the end of the day your only obligation is to stay true to yourself and figure out what works best for you and your family.....so let everything else go!

Referenced in the Show:

(Just FYI, some of these links may be affiliate links, which means if you make a purchase using the links I may receive some love in return!)

Episode Sponsor: Adoption STAR

The adoption process can often be confusing and frustrating. Adoption STAR offers support, knowledge, assistance, and most importantly, personalized attention, to make this process easier. Clients of Adoption STAR are pleasantly surprised that their adoption journey is one filled with education, individual choices and compassion.

Adoption STAR’s international programs are open to residents of New York State, Ohio and Florida. Adoptive couples or singles who wish to adopt domestically with Adoption STAR are eligible if they reside in New York State, Florida, or Ohio. Adoption STAR is also Connecticut and Illinois Approved. In addition, each year a a few applicants outside of these areas are considered for the domestic program.

The agency offers consultation, counseling, educational classes, a resource library, home studies, updates, post-placement, post-adoption support, expectant parent, birth parent and adoptive parent counseling, child placements and so much more.

Begin your adoption journey today by clicking here to request your free information packet!

Connect with Dana

We love hearing from you!

If you’ve got a question about today’s episode or want to leave us some inbox love, you can email us at hello@boss-mom.com. Or, you can always find Dana hanging out in her happy place, the Boss Mom Facebook Community. 

We would also LOVE it if you’d leave a podcast rating or review for us on iTunes! We know it can be kind of tricky to figure out, so here are a few step-by-step instructions on how to leave an iTunes rating or review for a podcast from your iPhone or iPad.

  1. Launch Apple’s Podcast app.
  2. Tap the Search tab.
  3. Enter the name of the podcast you want to rate or review.
  4. Tap the blue Search key at the bottom right.
  5. Tap the album art for the podcast.
  6. Tap the Reviews tab.
  7. Tap Write a Review at the bottom.
  8. Enter your iTunes password to login.
  9. Tap the Stars to leave a rating.
  10. Enter title text and content to leave a review.
  11. Tap Send.
Mar 21, 2017

As busy moms and entrepreneurs the thought of ever having to step outside of our regular lives or businesses can seem pretty impossible at times. But the reality is, we NEED to give ourselves space away from normal life and business to reset, get refreshed and live a little!

In preparation for a busy several weeks of travel coming up for me, I am hopping into this episode with NJ to discuss all the ways we as boss moms can prepare our businesses for travel so that you can have a leg up next time you have somewhere to go!

Listen + subscribe on iTunes // Stitcher

The biggest thing to think about when it comes to preparing your business for travel is how you can not only prepare for the time you'll be away, but also for your return. There is nothing worse than letting things get backlogged so you end up having to work when you weren't planning to, letting things fall through the cracks, OR having a great time away, but having to jump back into chaos immediately upon returning.

Here are a few of our best tips that will help set you and your business up for success the next time you travel!

1. Create space in your calendar

During the weeks leading up to a trip or vacation you want to be proactive about how you'll be spending your time before traveling. Pull your calendar out and identify what things can be taken off and what you'll need to say no to in order to create space for you to make the necessary preparations for leaving your business. Get your ducks in a row little by little leading up to your trip and you won't feel like a crazy minute trying to get everything figured out right as you're heading out the door!

2. Work IN your business instead of ON your business.

More than likely it will be in your best interest to focus on the inner workings of your business and stay in "create & sustain" mode versus focusing on business growth and adding high level things to your plate right before traveling. Because honestly, who needs that extra stress? Be intentional about taking care of the things inside your house versus the things outside (you can do that when you get back!)

3. Determine if you will work while you travel.

Sometimes there will be instances where traveling provides you the perfect opportunity to work on things in your business that you wouldn't normally get to in regular life. Other times there are things you will have to do while you're gone, such as checking into a Facebook group that you run or hopping on the phone for client calls. But there are other times (ie: vacation) where you won't want to (and shouldn't!) touch a phone or computer. Figure these things out in advance. Decide what you will and won't do, and prepare yourself and your business to accommodate that decision.

4. Get your automation systems in place.

Automation is a beautiful, beautiful thing for us busy mom entrepreneurs on a normal basis, but it's especially amazing during times of travel. Figure out what can be automated while you're away and do the work to get those systems in place and running so you don't have to even think about it until you return.

5. Clearly define roles & operations information to your team.

If your business is to the point where you have a team of people supporting you, make sure to prepare them for your absence and set them up for success while you're gone. Clearly define who will be responsible for what, make sure they have what they need, and make sure they have access to everything they'll need access to (including you, in cases of emergency!) Pro tip: don't try to micromanage and allow your team members to own their roles.

While we can't promise that if you do all these things that your life, business and trip will go off without a hitch, we can guarantee that it will be a whole lot easier than if you didn't prepare in advance ;)

Referenced in the Show:

(Just FYI, some of these links may be affiliate links, which means if you make a purchase using the links I may receive some love in return!)

Episode Sponsor: The Biz Chix Podcast

BizChix.com encourages, educates, and promotes entrepreneurial women with educational content and training, a community support system, masterminding, coaching, and events.

Natalie Eckdahl, MBA, is a business coach, professional facilitator, keynote speaker and host of the Biz Chix Podcast which iTunes featured as a top New Business Podcast in March 2014.

You can listen to the podcast here.

Connect with Dana & NJ

We love hearing from you!

If you’ve got a question about today’s episode or want to leave us some inbox love, you can email us at hello@boss-mom.com. Or, you can always find Dana hanging out in her happy place, the Boss Mom Facebook Community. 

We would also LOVE it if you’d leave a podcast rating or review for us on iTunes! We know it can be kind of tricky to figure out, so here are a few step-by-step instructions on how to leave an iTunes rating or review for a podcast from your iPhone or iPad.

  1. Launch Apple’s Podcast app.
  2. Tap the Search tab.
  3. Enter the name of the podcast you want to rate or review.
  4. Tap the blue Search key at the bottom right.
  5. Tap the album art for the podcast.
  6. Tap the Reviews tab.
  7. Tap Write a Review at the bottom.
  8. Enter your iTunes password to login.
  9. Tap the Stars to leave a rating.
  10. Enter title text and content to leave a review.
  11. Tap Send.
Mar 17, 2017

Ok, first I want to make sure to give you fair warning before you dive into this episode: I totally recorded it in the front seat of my car sitting in my garage because my brother is visiting from o